Home

Manual - IET Labs, Inc.

1. EXTERNAL BIAS BIAS ON On eee Off GO X X D Q NO GO E E E START REMOTE power eo SER PAR T off Lr On R Q LIQ C D C R CONTROLI 1000 pF 9 Type 1404 A REFERENCE STANDARD CAPACITOR dep formerly made by GenRad Figure 3 24 Connecting 1693 to a 1404 Operation 29 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 2 14 Connection to 1417 Capacitance Standard Connection to the 1417 Capacitance Standard can be accomplished using the 1657 9600 Extender cables or 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads A four terminal connection should be made to the 1417 as shown below The Digibridge may have a slight dc voltage so a blocking capacitor greater than 200 uF should be connected in series with the H Current terminal Q POTENTIAL O o GND Sense Red White PH Sense Blk White PL Drive Red IH Blocking Capacitor Drive Black IL DO NOT APPLY dc Formerly manufactured by Ge n Rad 1417 FOUR TERMINAL CAPACITANCE STANDARD CAPACITANCE 1pgF 10ygF 100 gF 1mF 10mF100mF 1F H EXTERNAL CURRENT STANDARD e 5 Open compensation should be performed as normal Short compensation should be performed as follows
2. IL PL GND LOW HIH OF o 1482 E STANDARD INDUCTOR amp formerly made by GenRad Standard Standard Measurement 14 gauge bus wire Figure 3 22 Connecting 1693 to a 3 terminal 1482 3 2 12 Connection to 1409 Capacitance Standards Connection to the 1409 Capacitance standard can be accomplished using the 1657 9600 Extender cables or 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads Open and Short com pensation should be performed When measuring two terminal capacitance standards such as type 1409 that are calibrated in a two terminal configuration care must be taken to keep exact cable geometries so as not to introduce error due to stray capacitance This is extremely importance on low value of capacitance The connection shown below is for a two terminal measurement on the 1409 with ground strap con nected between Lo and ground The green guard lead is not used in this measurement Measurements made with this connection will compare favorably with measurements made on the IET Labs s 1620 Capacitance Bridge The configuration of having the drive connections on one side and the potentials on the other side minimizes connection resistance which can affect dissipation factor measurements 28 11 X29218 eAug HI Pes Ag Gnd Strap Jd pueg 9 IUM J2eIg esues Hd pueg 9 IUM P Y esues G LOW HIGH 1482 E STANDARD INDUCTOR 9T Gp formerly made by Ge
3. Da 1657 960 IH IL Lr On R Q L Q C D C R REMOTE CONTROL O SER PAR C kx i d 0 1689 9602 1689 9600 PH GED formerly made by GenRad 1433 33 10 MO DECADE RESISTOR 1 MO STEPS 100 kQ STEPS 10 kO STEPS 1 kQ STEPS 100 O STEPS 10 Q STEPS 1 O STEPS Figure 3 27 Connection to 1433 via 1657 9600 cable Operation 3 3 Measurement Parameters Result Displays and Outputs 3 3 1 Parameters R Q L Q C D C R R X G B Z ANG Y ANG Automatic Selection The Digibridge as powered up provides you with automatic selection of parameters unless keyboard has been locked with a particular parameter selected This feature enables you to measure any passive component without knowing whether it is essentially a resistor inductor or capacitor It is provided at power up and remains enabled as long as you do NOT select any particular parameter Automatic parameter selection can be disabled by pressing any parameter key such as the C D key for example Once disabled this feature can be enabled again by selecting the ENTER function and then pressing these keys 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 7 To select parameter automatically the Digibridge calculates Q if Q lt 0 125 R is selected otherwise for positive Q L is selected and for negative Q C is selected The
4. eese Iuoure 2 2 AE ER AS UL CH LCC ace tae hd te i ttai ua De ttes dccem as em cte a 10 TUonke 2 524 LE swile ser to Decimal Address oeste mieten nd yebeacelnancibaettas AOE 1l Figure 3 1 Open and short measurements with banana DINGS iin con Be Gs 14 Figure 3 2 Open and short measurements with Kelvin cables esses 43 Figure 3 3 Open and short measurements with bnc to bnc cables eeeeeeeeeennns 125 Figure 3 4 Open and short measurements with GR674 connectors eese 16 FIouredsos CUP COMPONCHI WCC ZCI ei estatus feet Dieu a soe cat estat encsa eee Lo anemic 16 Figure 3 6 Open and Short measurements in T689 9600 5 itd die Si whch anda nahn desi Does tedputs L7 Figure 3 7 Connecting remote test foture do RLC DISIDHSOU a Een tap ues 18 Tuouue 3 6 1099 9000 Kem ote TeSt LT TIUTE escasas eti seat EU sto au p DA HAE IDA IV a deauaageateas 19 Figure 3 9 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture with 1657 5995 Test Clips 19 Figure 3 10 Banana plugs on the 1657 9600 Cape sii tinci te queste ath ta bete Peleas td eund 20 Figure 3 11 Connecting remote test fixture and the Extender cable to RLC Digibrige 20 Figure 3 12 1689 9602 Extender Cable with bnc to banana plug adapters csse 21 Figure 3 137 7000 05 Chip Component TWeeZers orin ae EEE EAE Eee ie 22 Teme Salas L77000 Kol Cables aos uie ti tad te kde uet aen be qai dc itur nico lita al an da iu Gat ne
5. 1 e anm SELECT AIMER r EPPEN I 9 y HOORESS But s LI se eee OATH BUE i eT A T l i l iCTF O i owsa ol CAIT Sii i FARQUENCY H ns M NH KEY BOARO O He CUXK KEYS LiGeHTS CRYSTAL DUAL SLOPE Sica 90 4 Miz EN MEASUREMENT INTER FACE OPTION LED ORTVEAS L c DiGit STROBES DISPLAY PANEL DECODERS LATCH Oc T DO SPLANS AGHTS Ua COUNTERS ULIG n FREQUENCY C VIDERS Trot 9 lc e PHO PH 3 SACREY INTEGRATION CONTROL 89 45 BIAS OETCCTOR 98 i D INST S T T Ucet La xl tania to part G Ed x COS W AMPLIFIER SIO x Sut Si Cr AA d uss Y et A t gt wAVE LEVEL BUFFERS MULTIPLYING LE FETE GENERATOR Sea ORTECTOR EM P T Siana ALTOR ner R X BIAS SELECTOR DUAL SLOPE unes CONNECTOR 2 Vas ani INTEGRATOR COMPARATORS 50 Data tL5v DETECTOR 54 gt AEF 0 0 koy 9 le coat isa TRAMSCON D Dut TANCE NK a SOURCE AMPLIFIER 3 757 R PLA a PERIPHERAL INTERFACE ADAPTOR Q ANALOG MOOC SCHEFAKTIC DIAGRAM SHEET WO Figure 4 1 Block diagram of the 1693 RLC Digibridge EXTERNA J 3 N BAS ujiTIH A 1 vi Hi A z H Theory 106 4 2 Principal Functions 4 2 1 Elementary Measurement Circuit The measurement technique is illustrated in Figure 4 2 by the accompanying simplified diagram which can be correlated with the previous block diagram A sine w
6. 12 Close bin 7 if open 0 SHIFT BIN No 0 7 13 Close bins 8 through 13 similarly 1f used before NOTE For any bin the less negative or more positive percentage must be entered first as shown clearly in steps 6 and 11 Because there are no overlaps there will be no default assignment to the lower numbered bin Bin number sequence is immaterial 66 3 8 6 Notes on Limit Entries in General For additional detail refer to the condensed instruc tions on the reference card under the Digibridge and to the following notes Frequency It is NOT necessary to select the test frequency first Comparison results are valid even if the test frequency 1s changed later in the entry measurement procedure Bin 0 The limit entered in bin 0 is always QDR It is an upper or lower limit on the secondary measured value depending on the parameter selection as tabulated Rs Q upper Rp Q upper Ls Q lower Lp Q lower Cs D upper Cs Rs upper Cp D upper Cp Rp lower Unsymmetrical Limit Pairs Enter 2 percentages for the bin One or both may be unspecified sign or Enter first the one that yields the larger absolute value of RLC Unused Bins Initially at power up bins 1 through 13 are closed so that unused ones can be ignored Every unused bin that has previously been used except 14 must be closed by entering 0 as in the above examples Once closed it will stay closed u
7. Display Measure Mode Triggered BIN Display VALUE Meas Test Freq kHz Test Freq kHz Test Freq kHz Test Freq kHz Rate 0 1 1 10 100 O 1 1 10 100 0 1 1 10 100 0 1 1 10 100 Max 123 50 44 43 131 58 52 51 ms 193 57 45 43 201 65 53 lms FAST 128 83 76 75 136 91 84 83 ms 198 90 77 75 206 98 85 83ms MED 137 209 193 189 147 217 201 197 ms 237 219 194 189 245 227 202 197 SLOW 962 964 954 919 970 972 962 927 ms 1082 976 955 919 1090 984 963 927ms No entry for delay When measure mode is CONTINUOUS settling time is zero No entry for delay When measure mode is TRIGGERED settling time is 7 10 12 ms f defaults for measure rate FAST MED SLOW respectively where f settling time test freq in kHz Any programmed delay can be 0 to 99999 ms would replace the default Table 3 10 Typical Measurement Times vs Frequency and Measurement Rate Operation 51 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE Table 3 6 differs slightly from the table of typical measurement times given in the Specifications at the front of this manual and data in paragraphs 3 5 1 3 5 2 3 5 5 although the tables are reason ably accurate The differences underscore that these typical numbers are not specifications and that several test conditions and selections in addition to those stated for the tables affect measurement time For example selections of parameter and equivalent circuit affect calculation time 3 6 Accuracy The Limits of Err
8. JP3 enables flash write protect If JP3 is set certain onboard flash will be prevented from being updated Since multiple safeguards are in place to prevent unintentional flash overwriting the use of JP3 is not needed All other headers populated and non populated are intended only for manufacturing test or future use Do insert connectors or shorting blocks into these headers as the board may malfunction or permanent damage may result 3 11 6 RS 232 Serial Interface Currently Not Implemented The RS 232 Serial Interface implements a standard 9 wire DTE serial interface requiring the use of a stan dard 9 pin Female to Female Null Modem cable for connection to a PC In normal use either the IEEE 488 interface or the RS232 interface is used Using both interfaces at the same time is possible but will degrade overall communication speed and can lead to communication conflicts 73 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 11 7 Instrument Program Commands The set of commands used in remote programming is an input data code to which the instrument will respond as a talker listener after being put into a remote control mode via the bus see Table 3 25 on page 95 and addressed to listen to device dependent command strings Refer to Table 3 19 The programming command set includes all of the keyboard functions except switch ing external bias ON OFF and Cull recalibration which are not remotely programmable Keyboard functio
9. PRECISION INSTRUMENTS FOR TEST AND MEASUREMENT 9 1693 RLC Digibridge User and Service Manual Copyright O 2012 IET Labs Inc Visit www ietlabs com for manual revision updates 1693 im September 2012 534 Main Street Westbury NY 11590 TEL 516 334 5959 800 899 8438 FAX 516 334 5988 IET LABS INC T Standards Decades Strobes Sound Level Meters Bridges www ietlabs com 534 Main Street Westbury NY 11590 TEL 516 334 5959 e 800 899 8438 FAX 516 334 5988 1693 RLC Digibridge WARRANTY We warrant that this product is free from defects in material and workmanship and when properly used will perform in accordance with applicable IET specifications If within one year after original shipment it is found not to meet this standard it will be repaired or at the option of IET replaced at no charge when returned to IET Changes in this product not approved by IET or application of voltages or currents greater than those allowed by the specifications shall void this warranty IET shall not be liable for any indirect special or consequential damages even if notice has been given to the possibility of such damages THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE 1693 RLC Digibridge AN WARNING AN OBSERVE ALL SAFETY RULES WHEN WORKING WITH HIGH VOLTAGES
10. Restarts and reruns power on diagnostics Zero calibration Perform open circuit calibration OPEN Perform short circuit calibration Reads the ADDRess instrument GPIB address Enables or disables the GPIB interface mae mm o CONFigure Disable GPIB interface if using RS 232 DISable Operation Command Parameters Enables or disables the RS 232 serial interface ee umo CONFigure MSCS Disable RS 232 DISable interface if using GPIB Sets the RS 232 interface baud rate BAUDrate Sets the RS 232 interface parity PARity EVEN Even parity Lo T Sets the RS 232 interface stop bits Sets the RS 232 interface handshake XOn XOff software handshake Hardware HARDware handshake NN Modem Reads the error ERRor message from error queue Reads the error NEXT message from error queue Reads the 5 STATus Reads the HANDshake OPERation Reads the 2 Reads the CONDition Condition Register Sets the Enable Reads the ENABle Enable Mask Register Reads the 2 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Command Parameters Reads the 2 Reads the CONDition Condition Register Sets the Enable Reads the ENABle Enable Mask Register Enables all PRESet required event PL reporting Initiates a measurement MERSU like start switch Register Sets Standard ESE lt numeric gt Event Status Enable Reads Standard ESE Event Status Enable Reads the ES
11. D Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 7 SHIFT OPEN E Confirm that the GO indicator is lit F Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 1n from test fixture G Press the START button H Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again The RLC display should be 00000 pF I Connect the 2 banana plug stacks together leave the guard black green open J Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT K Confirm that the GO indicator is lit L Press the START button M Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again The RLC display should be 00000 ohms N Press the MEASURE MODE key to select CONT Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 6 Using the extender cable and plain bus wire connect the decade Rand C standards in se ries as DUT to the Digibridge as shown in Figure 5 13 and tabulated below RED l RED WHITE P RESISTANCE STANDARD 1433 H DIGIGRIDGE WITH EXTENDER CABLE CAPACITANCE STANDARD 1412 BLACK WHITE BLACK GREEN SERIES Figure 5 13 Series connections of standards for D accuracy checks RED I stack on P RED amp WHITE P resistor H BLACK I stack on P BLACK amp WHITE P capacitor L center BLACK amp GREEN G resistor G capacitor H side post and capacitor L side post Also connect with a short jumper from resistor L to capacitor H center post 7 Confirm or select measurement conditions on the Digibridge thu
12. Note that Z 1 Y The phase angle of an impedance or an admittance is the angle whose tangent is the ratio of the imagi nary part to the real part so that 0 arctan X R arctan Q or tan 0 Q and arctan G B arctan Q or tan 6 Q 36 The size of the phase angle of an admittance is the same as that of the corresponding impedance but if we use the convention that a positive angle is one in the counterclockwise direction then the angle of an admittance 1s the negative of that of the corresponding impedance as one can see from the equation NE PL P ONE NUN i pe j Tue we ae Euler s formula c cosX jsinX is useful when dealing with imaginary exponents and can be used to show that Rs Z cos 6 and that Xs Z sin 0 These phase relationships can be understood better using the diagrams of Figure 3 28 which show both inductive and capacitive impedance phasors or planar vectors on both the Z and Y planes Here the angle is measured from the positive real axis r or G and the angle 6 delta 1s defined as the complement of O and so one can see that delta is defined as the complement of 9 and So one can see that tangent 5 cotangent 6 E Xs p Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge jX jX jB jB R G x gt R i z aa id E gt G Lacs 8 joLs joCp ene 8 5 0 0 l CAMERE gt i R i V Z Rs d Gp
13. PARallel Parallel equivalent circuit Series equivalent circuit Equivalent legacy command CO C1 Equivalent key EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT CONFigure APERture Syntax CONFigure APERture FASTIMEDium SLOW Description Sets the measure rate Parameter Value Description FAST Sets measurement rate to fast Sets measurement rate to medium SLOW Sets measurement rate to slow Equivalent legacy command S0 SI S2 Equivalent key MEASURE RATE CONFigure MODe Syntax CONFigure MODe TRIGgered CONTinuous M TRiggered MCONtinuaous Description Sets the measure mode Parameter Value Descripton TRIGgered Set measurement mode to triggered Set measurement mode to continuous MTRiggered Set measurement mode to triggered median value Set measurement mode to continuous median MCONtinuous value Equivalent legacy command TO T1 T2 T3 Operation Equivalent key MEASURE MODE CONFigure DISPlay Syntax CONFigure DISPlay BIN DELTa VALue RLC Description set measurement displayed on Digibridge front panel Parameter Value Description DELTa Display Delta DRLC Display Delta RLC Equivalent legacy command DO D1 D2 D3 Equivalent key DISPLAY CONFigure DISPLay RATio Syntax CONFigure DISPlay RATiO NOM Value VALNominal Description Set Digibridge front panel to display measurement ratio
14. PL potential low E RENI to negative terminal IL current low LD LF of DUT The PH HS and IH HD HF cables connect to the fixed arm of the tweezers and the PL LS and IL LD LF cables connect to the movable arm of the tweezers To ensure valid measurements it 1s especially important to observe the correct polarity when DC bias is to be used If dc bias 1s used see paragraph 3 7 note that the fixed arm of the tweezers is positive and the movable arm is negative Operation 3 2 8 1700 03 Kelvin Clip Cable The 1700 03 Kelvin Clip Cable provides a means for easily making four terminal Kelvin connections to passive components This cable is especially useful for testing low impedance devices or devices with large non standard terminations such as electrolytic capacitors or inductors Figure 3 14 1700 03 Kelvin Cables To attach Kelvin Clips as follows to the Digibridge first remove any adaptors cables etc if present from the DUT port of the instrument Then connect the bnc ends of the Kelvin Clips to the Digibridge as follows Bias Potential LPOT black Loses ro Table 3 2 Digibridge to 1700 03 cable connections Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Zero the Digibridge as instructed in Section 3 1 3 on page 14 Note that red designates leads that may be hot When bias is applied they carry negative voltage with respect to ground If dc bias is used see par
15. VALUE display The VALUE display provides five digits for measured primary parameter first quantity in each pair given above four digits for secondary quantity xiii 1693 RLC Digibridge second parameter in each pair with automatically positioned decimal points units of measurement and minus signs when appropriate The ARLC display The ARLC display indicates the difference between the measured R L or C and a nominal value entered by the user with appropriate units Q uF etc The R L or C difference display has five digits with a simultaneous four digit direct reading display of D Q or R with automatically positioned decimal points and minus signs when appropriate The A display The A display indicates the deviation of the measured primary quantity and the stored nominal value The display is five digits with a maximum resolution of one part per million with minus sign when appropriate The resolution of the DQ and angle displays may also be increased by using the DQ in PPM key which gives D or Q in ppm or angle in microdegrees The BIN NO display Measurement Rate The BIN NO display provides a single digit bin assignment number based on the measured value and user entered bin limits 899 ms 944 ms 944 ms These times can be shortened by 14ms by using the special quick acquisition routine XIV Notes 1 If the display is value A or ARLC add 3 to 5 ms 2 If data is output via the IEEE Bu
16. quired before the desired result appears Therefore at least in some measurement situations maximum measurement speed requires range holding 3 5 7 Range Holding Why Hold Range The most important use of the range holding capability is to avoid range changes when the component is removed from the fixture when in the CONTINUOUS mode With no compo nent connected the instrument will autorange to range 1 Thus if range 1 is not selected when the component is in place considerable time is lost by unnecessary 48 autoranging Another use of the range hold occurs when measuring components of the same nominal value whose actual values spread across the bound ary between two ranges If allowed to autorange the units and decimal point may change with range which may be confusing to the operator There are other uses for holding a range such as obtaining the correct bias current or getting better guard capability When a range is held that is not the range that autoranging would select the accuracy may be sacrificed see paragraph 3 6 9 To inhibit autoranging select the range held mode RANGE HELD indicator lit as described below four methods To Hold Present Range If the present range as indi cated by the measurement display is the desired one press SHIFT HOLD RANGE to light the RANGE HELD indicator To return to the normal autoranging feature press the same two keys again making the RANGE HELD indica
17. Condensed operating instructions are provided near the front of this manual as well as on the unit itself 3 1 2 Startup N CAUTION N Before the unit is powered up the internal temperature of the Digibridge must be above 0 C Otherwise the instrument may be damaged by thermal shock Plug in the unit If the Digibridge tester includes an optional IEEE 488 interface set TALK switch rear panel to TALK ONLY unless instructions are to be received through the IEEE 488 bus 3 Switch EXTERNAL BIAS OFF front panel 4 Press the POWER button in so that it stays in the depressed position Self check codes will show briefly indicating that the instrument is automatically executing a power up routine that includes self checks NO e Operation 5 To turn the instrument off push and release the POWER button and leave it in the out position 6 Wait until keyboard lights indicate MEASURE VALUE SLOW CONT or TRIGGERED SERIES If they do not there are two possible explanations self check fault and keyboard lock If a fault is detected in the self check measurements are blocked and an error code remains displayed Under some conditions the block to operation can be bypassed See paragraph 3 13 If the keyboard is locked all of those keyboard indicators remain unlit except MEASURE and or REMOTE CONTROL and all previously programmed test conditions limits etc are reestablishe
18. Disconnect any link between ground and LOW binding posts Press the L Q key to select inductance pa rameter Press the EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key if necessary to select SERIES Refer to Table 5 9 and verify that the RLC display is between the extremes listed for 1 mH SLOW measurement rate first line of table Repeat steps 4 through 7 with the other in ductance standards 1 mH 100 mH H and 10 H as indicated in the LS column and with the indicated measurement rate verify that the RLC display is acceptable for each line or the table for ranges 4 3 2 and 1 For more information on connecting to 1482 Series Inductance standards see section 3 2 11 Standard Typical RLC Display Inductor Measure Digibridge Standard Acceptable Expected LS Range Rate Accuracy Accuracy Extremes Q 1 nH 4 SLOW 027 0 1 9987 to 1 0013 1 5 MED 068 0 1 9983 to 1 0017 FAST 163 0 1 9974 to 1 0026 Ese 100 mi 3 SLOW 02395 0 1 99 88 to 100 12 1 5 MED 05 790 0 1 99 84 to 100 16 FAST 136 0 1 99 76 to 100 24 a 1 H 2 SLOW 022 0 1 9988 to 1 0012 10 MED 055 0 1 9984 to 1 0016 FAST 133 0 1 8977 to 1 00233 10 H 1 SLOW 02396 0 1 9 988 to 10 012 10 MED 058 0 1 9 964 to 10 016 FAST 13980 0 1 8 976 to 10 024 These ranges of acceptable displays are based on specific accuracy of decade inductors recently calibrated If the inductance values are known to higher accuracy by special
19. Hold the interface option by its rear panel so that the labels near the connectors read right side up If you look through the opening in the rear you will see an open connector The contact edge of the interface board is going to have to slide in there 2 Press the interface fully into the Digibridge by hand confirming that alignment is correct 3 Reinstall the screws 5 5 4 Removal of Multiple Pin Packages Use caution when removing a plug in integrated circuit or other multiple pin part not to bend pins nor stress the circuit board Withdraw the part straight away from the board Unless an IC is known NOT to be a static sensitive type place it immediately on a conductive pad pins in the pad or into a conductive envelope DO NOT attempt to remove a soldered in IC package unless you have the proper equipment and skills to do so without damage 122 5 6 Periodic Maintenance 5 6 1 Care of Test Fixtures For best results and minimum maintenance effort the operator must remove any obvious dirt from leads of DUTS before inserting them into any test fixture Test fixture contacts will wipe through a thin film of wax but they can become clogged and ineffectual 1f the operator is careless about cleanliness The unit should be cleaned monthly with a soft brush and isopropyl alcohol Avoid getting excess alcohol on painted surfaces to avoid possible damage The test fixture and its axial adaptors should be cleaned once
20. N Hold range 2 Range Control A oO Hold range 3 A T Hold range 4 A O1 75 16 93 RLC Digibridge Category Description Type Code ee aes 0 am pwe 9 RLC QDR Bin on 2 byte X8 FAIL only Same on FAIL Bin on 2 byte X9 PASS Data Output Value in ohms henries Floating Nn Nominal Value farads n point me eme m High limit in 96 Floating point Floating point Limit Entry Low limit in 96 ninatan Start a measurement 2 byte like start switch Enable switch 2 byte Disable switch 2 byte Manual Start Keyboard Lock Merag Cee eran ae EN Average point ene j 8 merase rio Internal Bias Disable output 2 byte EO Bin Summary Enable output 2 byte E 76 Reset bin summary to O 2 byte a 2 Ee use for low frequency inal byte hum rejection Shorting between 2 byte measurements used for reducing transient recovery time within measuring circuit when measuring with bias NOT FOR DISCHARGING THE DUT Signal reversal and 2 byte Q3 shorting between measurements Quick acquisition 2 byte Q4 feature Quick acquisition amp 2 byte shorting Eliminate a digits from 3 byte Ple iud Digit RLC b digits from g QDR Normal routine highest speed Signal reversal Measurement Routine Integration Time Value i multiplies Floating Multiplying MEDIUM and FAST point Factor i
21. Open Connection Sense Short Connection Abbreviated Specifications 4 Taking measurements a Select measurement conditions as follows b Sel FUNCTION key selects MEASURE mode DISPLAY key selects VALUE A or BIN NO MEASURE RATE key selects SLOW MEDIUM or FAST MEASURE MODE key selects CONTINUOUS or TRIGGERED EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key selects SERIES or PARALLEL ect impedance to be measured as follows R Q key to show Resistance in the primary display and Quality factor in the secondary display L Q key to show Inductance in the primary display and Quality factor in the secondary display C D key to show Capacitance in the primary display and Dis sipation in the secondary display C R key to show Capacitance in the primary display and Resis tance in the secondary display To select other parameters press and hold SHIFT key and select as appropriate The following programmable functions are available Parameter Range _ Default Sample setting adjustment View Current Setting 12 Hz to 200 1kHz Programming 400 Hz NA SHIFT FRE Test frequency kHz FUNCTION 4 7 SHIFT QUENCY FREQUENCY b Make sure to select ENTER by pressing the FUNCTION key 5 mV to Programming 15 mV Test voltage 1 275 V FUNCTION 0 1 5 F SHIFT VOLTAGE 1693 RLC Digibridge c Connect component to be tested to the test terminals as appropriate d If in the TRIGGERED
22. Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Serial Poll Status Byte Table 9 19 When the bus is in the serial poll mode and the Digibridge 1s ad dressed to talk the Digibridge responds with a status byte which is encoded as shown in the table and sent on the data lines DIO1 through DIOS Message Decimal Code Equivalent DI08 DI07 MA se s J x o j t Po j o jo mo jGmro sroe x o 1 1 MSB device address LSB v sr je Je x t P o jo oe o tj i Tor joro erroo x 1 0 MSB device address LSB gt Because the following messages are addressed commands they will affect the Digibridge operation only while it is addressed to listen ee e s x Feu oon T Table 3 25 Interface message for remote control Set address setting as supplied by factory Tot total range of choice See paragraph 2 7 for address changing procedure Decimal equivalent makes DIO8 which is in material a zero Logical 1 is low state true logical 0 is high state Dicibridee is addressed to listen by MLA message containing its device address see para 2 7 It terminates this condition when it receives UNL command which is necessary before it can make measurements or recognize its own keyboard ee Vnemonic key to codes MLA my listen address MTA my talk address SPD serial poll disable SPE serial poll enable UNL unlisten UNT untalk GET group execute trigger GIL go to lo
23. QOO Oo c yede sjeuluua ING ww 61 GZ 0 3Se9 3e Be o qeo ou jo Spud pue y anette yeu ons ayew uMoUyUN si sjeuiuue 1 ng Jo Buloeds au JI eunBiy BU ees sjeuruJo LINQ 24 jo Buroeds y uojeui spue jqe pue ueeAgeq Buroeds y BulAey Aq yinduID uedo ue 9je8J2 q ejyeudoudde si Je3depe eJnyxi 1S9 JOADYOIYM JO So qeo Jepuoejxe ypeyy e S40jdepe eunjxi 1soj Jo aBueyo Aue saye pue Aouanbay jo abueyo yoea saye ep Alana ainp 990 d siu Jeadas K2e4no22e Jsaq 104 9 oN swoj oJ se eDBpuqiDig ay o1ez sjuawainseaw Burjeui asojog Buroiaz Aq oeJunooe eundo Buriure3qo e uogng 3 MO d eui sseJd yo amod uoiws OL 6 udeibejed jenuew ees JI 3ooJun OJ pexoo si pseoghay ysep uieuieJ syuBi pjeoq o JI L udeib eied jenueui ees pe ejdsip suieuieJ epoo 40440 ue pue pexoojq eJe sjueuieunseeui pejoejep s NEJ e J un SHIMAS GSYSDOINL MOIS ANIYA 3isv3i eeoipur sjuBi pueogAay nun Yem p dn uejs uo x28uo jjes Jeuq e suni yun BY uognq 43MOd l 24 sseJq uonisod 440 24 uisi SVIG TVNS3 LX3I eui ens exely q snq 997 333 eui uBnoJui peAre 8iJ aq 0 ase SUO ONJ SU sse A1NO XAVL jeued see youms WIV 18s eee ggp 333l euondo ue sepnjou eBpuqi6iq eu j e dn Bunjejs Z 960 OF AZOO TH JIseg Aoeiunooy xew 9pA 09 8 UJ93X3 9pA O Z JeuJ93u seig puooes Jad sjueujeunseauij e oj dN peeds 3ueureunseo y sdajs AW ui ejqeuuueJ
24. The following keystrokes are the same for any range A Select MEASURE with the FUNCTION key and TRIGGERED with MEASURE MODE key B Press 1 6 9 3 1 SHIFT CALIBRATE NOTE The GO indicator being lit and a 6 in the left and a 6 in the right displays confirm that calibration is enabled C Press START The GO indicator remains unlit while calibration proceeds D Keeping hands away from the test fixture wait until the GO indicator is lit again This completes recalibration of one range 4 Select CONTINUOUS with the MEASURE MODE key and check as follows that the Digibridge operates properly with the recalibration The Digibridge should measure the calibra tion resistor like any ordinary resistor and display its R and Q ppm values The Q display can be expected to jump a bit Precision and repeatability are in the order of 5 ppm The NO GO indicator will probably be lit this is normal 5 Disconnect the calibration resistor from the test fixture 142 5 9 5 Recalibration for Range 2 l Connectthe 5 97 kilohm calibration resistor to the Digibridge test fixture 2 Enterthe known parameters ofthe calibration resistor as in the following example based on the values R 5 9581 kilohms and Q 22 ppm NOTES The Digibridge will accept six digits for R even though only five will be displayed The Q is associated with bin 00 and its value must be preceded with if the known
25. The following table is used in the preceding formulas Cabe R Lc Csn 1689 9602 bnc Cable with 1689 9600 1 1 uH Remote Test Fixture 1657 9600 Extender cable with banana 2 20 uH 475 pF plugs The formulas for Acm and Acmx contain x which is 2 pi fLc where pi is 3 1416 where f is expressed in Hz and inductance Lc is tabulated above Table 3 13 Typical parameters for Digibridge Extender Cables Refer to Table 3 14 for some representative examples of accuracy error terms related to cables for certain range and frequency selections Notice that the ad dition of an unspecified cable and or homemade remote test fixture will probably increase each of these parameters and error terms Also cable and test fixture capacitance can aggravate a resonance problem in measurement of large values of inductance at high frequency refer to paragraph 3 13 58 Term Banana bnc to bnc Acmx for 1kHz 00069 Xdut 00034 Xdut of Ls or Cs Acmx for 20kHz 0069 Xdut 0088 Xdut 96 of Ls or Cs frequenc k k o Range 1 1kHz 00021 of meas value Range 1 Zero 084 of meas 20kHz value Range 2 Zero 0052 of meas 20kHz value Range 2 Zero 13 of meas 100kHz value Range 3 Zero 00033 of meas 20kHz value Xdut and Rsdut represent the DUT s series reactance and resistance respectively Ald error is significant only for extension beyond normal DUT interface where the sys
26. The optimum range is selected by the autoranging capability If some other range is selected and held by the operator the specified accuracy will be poorer This accuracy may be calculated by multiplying the impedance ratio terms in the accuracy specifications by factors given in Table 3 11 1693 RLC Digibridge Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Rx Lx Zx or Xx in numerator Cx Yx Gx or Bx in numerator Second Ratio Term Rx Lx Zx or Xx in denominator Cx Yx Gx or Bx in denominator 300 9000 00 20 1 300 20 1 300 5000 Table 3 15 Multiplying Factors for Impedance Ratio Terms 3 7 Bias for the DUT NOTE Keep the EXTERNAL BIAS switch OFF and the BIAS ON indicator unlit for all measurements of inductors and resistors and also for capacitors unless they are to be measured with dc bias applied 3 7 1 Internal Bias To measure capacitors with the internally available 2 volt dc bias voltage applied use the following pro cedure The FUNCTION can be either MEASURE or ENTER 1 Press SHIFT INT BIAS keys so that the BIAS ON indicator is lit NOTE This indication for internal bias is somewhat dimmer than the other keyboard indicators 2 To enable the special shorting routine see paragraph 3 7 3 A Select ENTER function B Press 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 C Select MEASURE function Operation 3 Wait at least 1 second before initiating mea surement to allow for settling of internal circuits In the C
27. Whether this is true at any particular fre quency should be determined by an understanding of the DUT but probably it is so if the following 1s true that measurements of Lp at two frequencies near the frequency of interest differ from each other less than do measurements of Ls at the same two frequencies 3 3 3 Results Displayed 3 3 3 1 Principal Measurement Results The principal Digibridge measurement will be pre sented on the left RLCGZY part of the display panel in one of four ways VALUE deltaRLC delta or BIN No only one way for any single measurement VALUE Selected by the DISPLAY Key This mea surement provides two displays the principal one is R L C G Z or Y and the secondary one is Q D R X B or DEG The VALUE selection is the power up 37 1693 RLC Digibridge default and one of the selections of the DISPLAY key For purposes of simplicity the left display will be called the RLC and the right display called the QDR Read the measurement on the main displays The RLC display is the principal measurement complete with decimal point parameter and units which are indicated by the light spots in the upper and lower part of the display panel The QDR display is the sec ondary measurement complete with decimal point parameter and units indicated Leading zeroes before the decimal point are automatically eliminated in most cases by positioning of the decimal point Otherwise such zeroes
28. With it the measure rate would be even higher The accuracy of measurement is affected by the value of I T factor in combination with measure rate and other conditions The tradeoff is illustrated as fol lows for I kHz test frequency display BIN NO measurement mode CONTINUOUS I T factor any value SLOW rate 0 02 ac curacy 1 measurement per second I T factor 1 MEDIUM rate 0 05 accuracy 4 measurements per second I T factor 1 FAST rate 0 12 accuracy 8 measurements per second I T factor 0 25 FAST rate Max 0 25 accuracy 23 measurements second For details about accuracy refer to the specifications where the effect of programming I T factor to be 0 25 and selecting FAST rate is designated as maximum measurement rate in the table of values for the term Ks Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 5 6 Ranges and Range Changing Descriptions ofranges range extensions and decimal point control are explained below Basic Ranges The 4 basic ranges are numbered 1 2 3 4 in order of decreasing impedance Each basic range is approximately a factor of 16 wide Refer to Table 3 7 The word upper as used below refers to increasing measured value which is the direction of increas ing range number only if the principal measured parameter is capacitance Similarly the word lower as used below refers to decreasing measured value which is the direction of decreasing range numb
29. high resolution measurements are possible using the ratio display Refer to paragraph 3 3 6 or 3 10 High Overrange The high extension of the high range goes up to the maximum display all 9 s with the decimal point at the right and finally to blank with reduced accuracy The high overrange is used for the very large values of RLC that exceed the basic high range Autoranging Autoranging 1s normal it is inhibited only if you select RANGEHELD There is a slight hysteresis in the changeover from range to range to eliminate a possible cause of display flickering Time Required to Change Range The Digibridge must almost complete a measurement cycle in the previously established range before starting measure ment in the range to which it changes The Digibridge completes the data acquisition and a large part of the calculation process before deciding whether the present range is best for the measured value If you have selected median value a special function the Digibridge will go through basically three mea surement cycles so that it has the median value for making the decision whether to change ranges Thus measuring a lot of components that straddle a range boundary requires almost double the regular mea surement time for every DUT that is on the opposite side of the boundary from its predecessor Note if the Digibridge starts in range 1 to measure in range 4 four almost complete measurement cycles are re
30. low false high Bytes 3 and 4 can be programmed in a single command to controller bytes 8 and 9 similarly Notice that we refer to factory set address as 3 by reading a 5 bit binary number lines DIOS DIO1 Operation 3 11 14 Data Output in Compacted Binary Format The compacted binary format for data output can be selected to save time Selection must be made via IEEE 488 bus not via the keyboard The time saving is indicated by the fact that this format conveys a full set of test results in 8 binary bytes compared to 44 binary bytes required by the regular format Fewer characters are sent if you select less than complete results such as bin number only output only for FAIL etc The data stream for one measurement consists of two to eight 8 bit bytes depending on what output is programmed The format is explained partly in truth Table 3 28 and partly in the text that follows Name Byte Number STATUS byte 1 IRLC e lbyte 2 m Go ee SE Se ee eo Ao mo m mo m RO BO S m m m eS eee 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE The 8 bits in each byte are 76543210 where 0 is LSB least significant bit The vertical line or space between bytes is for clarity only not present in data The full eight bytes are sent only if RLC QDR and Bin information is needed 1 e only if status bits 2 1 0 are logic 111 Otherwise the data word is shortened as follows If QDR data are NOT needed the data format u
31. may be caused by a fault in the directly associated cir cuit on the display board Refer to comments above D Error A large D error may be caused by faulty protection diodes in the analog front end Check MECR30 CR31 CR32 CR33 on 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board Reactance Error If C or L measurements are not accu rate the test signal source may be at fault In checking it verify that the frequency is within 0 01 of the specified nominal frequency Refer to paragraph 3 4 1 Keyboard Malfunction If the instrument passes its power up self check and proceeds to measure DUT has no or only a few keyboard indicators lit and the keys on the keyboard don t function normally the fault is probably in the 30 wire cable connection between keyboard and main board If the keyboard has been disconnected check for misalignment of the connector that plugs directly into the keyboard If only one key or indicator malfunctions check that portion of the keyboard assembly 1687 4200 Test Signal To check performance of the test signal source use a scope to look at the open circuit signal at the IH terminal of the test fixture right front con tact be sure there is no DUT The signal on each range should be an undistorted sine wave at the se lected frequency with the top of the waveform about 3 4 V and the trough about 0 85 V Range should be locked to Range 4 if checking signal level accuracy 123 1693 RLC Digibri
32. plastic bezel at the very front the subpanel to which face down the other parts are attached the display board the display window 1n front of the board and the key Notice that moving the bezel forward leaves the board module Behind and below the display board is POWER ON OFF push rod unsupported at the front For reassembly be sure to check that this push rod Service and Maintenance 117 1693 RLC Digibridge is attached via a short piece of rubber tubing to the Notice also that if the BNC connector bracket is at power switch Guide the front end of this rod through the front its shielded cables must be kept to the left of its hole in the bezel while bringing the front panel as the display panel connector board during reassembly sembly into position The bottom access panel should to avoid pinching the cables be out of the way during this procedure en n n Power Supply Regulator Board ac power connector Cable connecting Power Supply to Power Switch Ribbon cable connecting Regulator Board to Main Board Analog and Control board Shield Plate 118 Service and Maintenance 7 To remove the keyboard module A Remove the four screws all with their heads to the right that hold the keyboard assembly to the subpanel at the right and the keyboard bracket at the left Remove this assembly B To separate the keyboard remove 4 screws that pass through the mounting plate Reassembly note Be sure
33. the high terminals of both known and unknown stan dards PH and IH are connected to the low side of the known and PL and IL are connected to the low side ofthe unknown Shorting bars should short between low and guard terminals for each standard Blas B AS 1693 RLC DigiBridge oola PP G SER PAR 14 gauge bus wire GND LOW HIPH H 100 uH 1482 B STANDARD INDUCTOR 1482 B STANDARD INDUCTOR 9 S L Lo L Lo deb formerly made by GenRad ED formerly made by GenRad Standard DUT Figure 3 20 Connecting 1693 to 6 terminal 1482 Operation Actual Value DUT 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 terminal transfer method Two measurements are performed with a 14 gauge bus wire moved so that the inductance of the DUT is made and then the bus wire is moved so that the measurement of the stan dard is made The formula below can then be used to determine the value of DUT Known Value of Std Measured Value of Std See Figure 3 22 for the 3 terminal transfer method Ratio measurements of 2 1 made on a 1689 on the same range and using the delta readout typically have errors totaling less than 20 ppm This allows comparisons of inductors of intermediate value those values starting with a 2 or 5 to be compared against the even decade values with negligible added er
34. there is no opportunity for manual operation except switching EXTERNAL BIAS ON and OFF and use of the START button if manual start 1s en abled The displays may be observed then but their content is controlled by the system controller via the IEEE 488 bus Details of test program preparation are beyond the scope of this manual Refer to Table 3 21 for an example of message activity during a control sequence in which the controller says start and the Digibridge after a measurement says C uF 1 2345 94 Programming Guidelines If the Digibridge is to be programmed TALK switch set to TALK LISTEN keep the following suggestions in mind An unlisten command is required before measurement is possible If not addressed to talk the Digibridge sends a service request SRQ low when it has data ready to send Then SRQ will not go false high until the Digibridge has been addressed to talk or has been serially polled A typical program might include these features Initial Setup with ATN true untalk unlis ten my listen address of Digibridge my talk address of CPU then with ATN false measurement conditions Measurement Enabling Sequence for example untalk the Digibridge send a GET unlisten the Digibridge After the CPU receives the SRQ necessary enabling of data transfer with ATN true un talk unlisten my listen address of CPU my talk address of Digibridge then ATN false
35. yN ure6e A LSNOO L4IHS Wdd u od LJIHS ureBe Svig LNI LLSIHS SW 666 66 010 39 vs3Av LJIHS c z NOIL NN 4 L NOILONN A Sjueul nse w Gz BuruueJ604gd 9GZ o BuiBeJeAy s 4 0 I NOILONNal AW G Buruuej604g A SZC V O1 AUG eDeyo 1se p l INO1LO Nd ZHJ L ZH 002 9 ZH ZL ouenbeJ s L ZH OO BulwwesbolY Games wean e 1eoueo susussnipe Sumos oriues rerea ouea mee 9 qejreAe ase suomnounj ejqeuiure1604d Burwmoj oJ au 3I 9q JSNW ON NIS Jequinu ulg peubissy y eq ujoq jsnuJ 94y pue 3611VA 919 HW 4d spun eurBuo ul jeuruou WO eousJelllg J eq ISN Y V enjeA jeuruiou y uioJj 92uaJagp 9 Kex Av 1dSiId 24 8uisseud Aq suondo Buiwoj oJ ay jo euo 129Jes peuiueJ60Jd ueeq eAeu senjeA y 9DUO woJaq G uonoes ees peuiueJ6oud zs eq JSNW syw UIG BY pue enjeA EUILUOU JU S JUSLUBINSESW 9Ane 9J MAIA OL eAonpul SI LNG eui jeu sueaui jeu J S 1M OFAN pue eouejioedeo ainseaw o Jas si abipquibig ay 4 ejduiexe 404 pejoe S eq pjnoys Jajawiesed 4eujoue pue MG eui 40J ejeudo4dde jou s saJawWe ed pojoojes eu sjuDBi 97TH 93N Jl eunjxiJ S WOJ ui p uio OL 1seo je sjoe qo pue spueu d y TLUVLS sseJd epou qas3959rit eui U j ejyeudoudde se s euiuuJe 1S9 y 0 p s eq oj jueuoduJoo p uuog ojeudoudde se jyoajas pue Ady L4IHS ploy pue sseud sjejeueged JOJO P s ol ejdsip jepu
36. 1689 9600 TEST FIXTURE e nee Figure 3 9 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture with 1657 5995 Test Clips Note that the contacts inside the adaptor are off center be sure to orient the adaptors so the contacts are close to the body of the DUT especially if it has short or fragile leads The adaptors accommodate wires with diameters up to 1 5 mm 06 in AWG 15 The body of the DUT that will fit between these adaptors can be 80 mm long and 44 mm diameter 3 1 x 1 7 in maximum Each 19 1693 RLC Digibridge axial wire must be at least 3 mm long 0 12 in The overall length of the DUT including the axial wires must be at least 22 mm 0 866 in Insert the DUT so that one lead makes connection on the left side of the test fixture the other lead on the right side Insertion and removal are smooth easy operations and connections are reliable if leads are reasonably clean and straight Press the DUT down so that the leads enter the slots in the adaptors as far as they go easily Be sure to remove any obvious dirt from leads before inserting them The test fixture contacts will wipe through a film of wax but can become clogged and ineffectual if dirty leads are inserted repeatedly Be sure to insert only one thing into each half of the test fixture at anyone time If any object is inserted into the same slot with a DUT lead it will probably NOT make true Kelvin connections NOTE For a DUT with very short
37. 3 13 If keyboard lights remain dark keyboard is locked To unlock it see manual paragraph 3 9 To switch power off press the POWER button XX e Q O ga m ER Obtaining optimal accuracy by zeroing Before making measurements zero the Digibridge as fol lows Note For best accuracy repeat this procedure every day after each change of frequency and after any change of test fixture adaptors Attach extender cables or whichever test fixture adapter 1s appropriate Create an open circuit by having the spacing between and cable ends match the spacing of the DUT terminals See the figure If the spacing of DUT terminals is unknown make sure that the and ends of the cable are at least 0 75 19 mm apart Confirm that MEASURE keyboard light is lit Press MEASURE MODE key to select TRIGGERED mode Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN Press START and wait for the green GO light Create a short circuit across test terminals by connecting all cable ends together as shown in the figure Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Press START and wait for the green GO light At this point the unit should be ready for taking measure ments If something goes wrong during the zeroing process the procedure should be repeated Match spacing of DUT terminals Drive Sense iT Drive Drive Sense mnt
38. 30 length 5 to 8 cm B Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Note the GO indicator being lit and two fives confirm the previous step C Press the START button The GO indication disappears D Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again E Remove the short circuit Note For best accuracy repeat this procedure daily and after changing test fixture adaptors or frequency 14 3 1 3 1 Zeroing with various test fixtures This section contains information on proper open and short connections for various types of cables for use with the 1693 Digibridge 7000 04 Banana and 1657 9600 Extender Cables Open and short should be performed as shown in Figure 3 1 below when using banana plugs When performing Open the spacing between the pairs should be the same as the spacing of the terminals on the DUT or if unknown a minimum of 0 75 Short should be performed as shown and it is important to keep senses and drives in the correct order Geometry If 1s important to maintain the spacing between the leads during the open compensation at exactly the same distance as the spacing is when the banana plugs are connected to the DUT Ifthe spacing is not exactly the same there will be an error in the measured value This 1s due to the fact that the four terminal Kelvin connection stops at the connection between Drive and Sense The banana plugs are two terminal so the capacitance between the parallel spaced
39. 4 Programmed delay is typically required for measure ment of capacitors with bias if the measure mode is TRIGGERED Refer to paragraph 3 7 NOTE In the CONTINUOUS measurement mode there will be no settling time or programmed delay the speed ofthe Digibridge makes it reasonable to dis regard the first displayed result which is liable to be 46 in error for several reasons and observe subsequent displays for consistency which indicates that any transients have settled 3 5 4 Measure Mode and Display Selection Effects on Measurement Time Measure Mode TRIGGERED Selection of TRIGGERED mode introduces a settling time or delay between the START signal which is necessary in this mode and the beginning of data acquisition Refer to paragraph 3 5 3 above Measure Mode CONTINUOUS Selection of CONTINUOUS measure mode eliminates the delay described above Notice that in continuous mode the measurement being mad e when the DUT is connected to the Digibridge is erroneous Subsequent measure ments have the benefit of any effective delay fur nished by the preceding ones Display Selection The selection of BIN NO display cuts 6 to 10 ms from the measurement time compared to any other choice of display 3 5 5 Integration Time Factor a Special Function The length of time that the Digibridge spends in tegrating analog voltages in the process of data acquisition can be varied by programming a number called th
40. 444 3 XXXX 1 200 kHz 444 2 XXXX 6 000 kHz 444 1 XXXX 6 0606 kHz 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 33333 XXXX PROM data checksum failure If the checksum XXXX is not 0000 check all digital circuitry stating with the 6502 microprocessor U30 Any error on the address or data bus could cause a checksum error check ROM U35 check RAM U36 check all of the PLAs U3 U25 U26 U27 Make sure all socketed chips are seated otherwise contact trained personnel to service the Analog amp Control board 1689 4702 222 F XXXX Calibration constants check failure Digibridge hangs up but will respond to keyboard inputs The digit F is the range in question COMMENT Each check consists of a comparison between the stored calibration data for the range and the normal expected values The calibration can be expressed essentially as the conductance of the internal standard resistor The Digibridge normal izes this conductance by dividing it by the nominal conductance of the standard and displays the result 126 XXXX which should be very close to 1 000 See Table 3 7 on page 43 If XXXX is less than 0 2187 or more than 1 781 this test fails ANALYSIS PROCEDURE depends upon display see below NOTE This is a non catastrophic failure If you press the C D key the Digibridge will proceed with the self check routine The instrument can be operated as usual but results may be e
41. BIN No 0 6 16 Close bins 7 through 13 similarly if used before G2 65 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE Because there are overlaps bin numbers affect the binning if a DDT satisfies two bins it goes into the lower numbered bin for example 1 046 uF will go into the 1 0 uF bin No 2 because it is numbered lower than the 1 1 uF bin No 3 Method 2 using one nominal value for the set of bins Advantage All bin limits are related to the same nominal value making it easy to define bins exactly adjacent to each other without overlaps or gaps Disadvantage Each bin is not readily defined in terms of its own nominal value Example For sorting capacitors into six adjacent 1 bins from 3 to 3 setting D lt 005 and nominal value of the six bins at Cs 1 0 uF 1 With FUNCTION key select ENTER With EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key select SERIES 3 With parameter key Cs D select units uF 4 Enter D limit 0 0 5 7 SHIFT BIN No 0 0 5 Enter nominal C value 1 SHIFT NOM VALUE 6 Set bin 1 limits 2 3 SHIFT BIN No 0 1 7 Set bin 2 limits 1 9o 1 2 V9 7 SHIFT BIN No 0 2 8 Set bin 3 limits 0 1 SHIFT BIN No 0 3 9 Set bin 4 limits 1 0 SHIFT BIN No 0 4 10 Set bin 5 limits 2 1 SHIFT BIN No 0 5 11 Set bin 6 limits 3 2 SHIFT BIN No 0 6
42. Brief Description of the 1693 DIgIDEHOBE cusa oer e aE tied 104 BN Block Diao o eate aisi hme or epar RUE UP ee RUE 105 AD Principal F une ltOfiscons ecc eie TD UD vu pen EA aU BE er LEE Eae 107 ADA plementary Measurement C IEOUTU th este tee Prat eco ack aes ben oce ntl aeu Delon Ren 107 42 2 dbreduency aud Time Soue obe kin ar n dt ras d pU tI 107 vi Table of Contents 1693 RLC Digibridge 2 2 9 Sites aye E AION sort Sas estate cee nea hea mee A i ede pud eds evade len den iat 107 4 2 4 The Dual Slope Integrating Detector and Converter ccccccccccccccececceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeenas 109 Chapter 5 Service and Maintenance NAE 0 A eee mer 110 ede SGMSLOMICE Sly IC ETT LU TM eetae 111 2 3 Instrument Ie DUET aco esent iuste ieei eet uD De aA ELA DIUND CLOSED CU MI D ME C EEUU 111 35 9 Packat enano E AE uc ee 111 523 Repairand Replacement Of Circuit BOOEGS a e per a Ee EE REA 111 SA Perlonnance Verincatioi escon a N E adit Maas mede ost H2 SA OVEN Vse 112 024 2 Berrtormahce Veriticatlon PrOGeQUfe tous odori tera ebd terd eren atom t qu agris tula Maine 117 543 Measurement Time Chee KOUP o occa Dopo dec data e aD ou naa ei amd banus 115 So sDISaSsemply and ACCES Sie ea timens edm a aaah pM b ecd UE 116 5 3 Relocation of bne Connector Bracket idi raid oi dee Fontis Sean ope RA eines 119 3 2 2 Majorintermmal components o otio ite bte dt o be beer incapable 120 95 505 onte race OPIO
43. CONF CIRC SER ibwrt CONF AVER 10 ibwrt SYST CAL SHORT ibwrt MEAS ibrd 100 3 11 12 Talk Only Use for Data Output This pertains to a relatively simple system with the Digibridge outputting data to one or more listen on ly IEEE 488 compatible devices such as a printer Character Decimal L3 a a 1 1693 RLC Digibridge 1 Set the TALK switch to TALK ONLY 2 Program the Digibridge to send out results automatically after each measurement Refer to paragraph 3 11 3 The special commands for this purpose can be executed only in ENTER function as follows RLS QDR and bin numbers 7 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 full data No data on PASS Full data 8 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 on FAIL BIN No on PASS full data 9 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 on FAIL For no data output via IEEE 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 488 bus Operate the Digibridge in the usual way manually The system may constrain operation in some way For example a slow printer will limit the measurement rate because it requires a certain time to print one value before it can accept the next Refer to Table 3 20 for examples of the interface message code for data transfer This table shows typical codes but does not repeat the entire ASCII code There is a more complete table in paragraph Table 2 1 on page 11 NOTE For a description of the compacted binary data output format which saves time refer to paragraph 3 11 14 Table 3
44. D Mea ICME NCC UTC aoar e aan denaneteateaste kasi Ita tege dro ERE can UR Nd Un cate 157 3 7 dE Comparisons ub eere tem mE dodi sa dete sone hate Deep o dtm afan Ao eeu Ufo ct iden ode 138 Table of Contents vii 1693 RLC Digibridge viii Oe RE CDA O sn ise e edu TE ckdasai cct ittasissmi E duet md 140 Sok Preparato to s d eiu dM Mc M DM MD ML M ME 140 3 9 2 Zeroime and selecting DO 10 PPNI asad ease RE tais tine iet 141 3 9 3 Recai Drannor TORIN E Aue obe dip ANNA 141 394 Recalibration for Rante Jensiicoedeiion tataii E rE EE A depo bnc oa 142 35 9 5 RecaibranonT or RINTE esir a eeiaes 142 596 JSecaltbratioDifor RINGE d oes a samen ourmeeaeed 143 ADT FPregucncy 3lDEdLTOTD endete tate a ah et eee 143 5 9 6 Freguenoy Conection K Factor Procedure sss stein eras teo AE ec 144 5 10 Internal Address Settings for IBEB 488 Interface eo eot ten Ru lt eerta iens 146 Figures and Tables TUO our ce IMPEL an CEF ACOS oren a has ta etam aattat hotel tue MINOS MIA T Manu RIo cola SIUS Com n ema tma cud Xv Rieure Ier 1095 RCC Dieibidse ONL VIEW o d teo opimo A bn vuU seite te Gee an o aM LO M DAE 2 BUCUVC Me LOI T TOn DIPAN aE a A Utah LE LLLUI 3 PUQUPC Tos 1693 CY DOAA oie cia E AEA sh tin ada E R E EO 3 Figure 1 4 Rear controls and connectors on 1693 Digibridge ees eese nnns 5 Fioure I 5 Typical operating guide attached 10 099 n bap TRO Nee oa ona 7 Figure 2 1 Input power module with a drawer for the input fuse
45. DISPLAY VALUE C Select R Q until ohms LED is on D Enter the new K factor as a nominal value For example range I press 7 9 8 8 3 SHIFT NOM VALUE E Store the K factor for each range for range 1 press 1 6 9 3 L 1 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT delta where Kb K factor 1693 RLC Digibridge for range 2 press 1 2 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT for range 3 press 1 6 9 3 3 4 LL 6 9 BIL E2 7 LL LL SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT for range 4 press 1 6 9 3 4 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT F Select MEASURE RATE MEDIUM to FAST to SLOW 6 Once the K factors have been determined and stored for all four ranges step 4 through 5 repeat the recalibration procedure for all ranges see paragraphs 5 9 2 through 5 9 6 L sample K factors Range 1 587 Range 2 39 Range 3 2 7 Range 4 lt Ka typical correction factor refer to step b use the ohm values for all ranges delta change 1 khz value to higher frequency Kf is Frequency Factor For example range 1 calculation 001579 Kb 798 83 Range 1 001579 for 20 Khz Range 2 3 4 03948 for 100 Khz Figure 5 14 Calculating the K factor Service and Maintenance 145 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 10 Internal Address Settings for IEEE 488 Interface Each device instrument in a system linked by an IEEE 488 bus must h
46. Press MEASURE MODE key if neces parameter Rs Q is specified sary to select TRIGGERED mode D Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN Inductance Measurement Accuracy 1 Connect the 1657 9600 extender cable to the Digibridge test fixture Hand tighten E Confirm that the GO indicator is lit the screws to provide ground guard F Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm connection 4 1n from test fixture 2 Connect the high leads red and red white G Press the START button a EC H Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again together and separately connect the low The RLC display should be 00000pF leads black and black white together I Connect the 2 banana plug stacks together leave the guard black green open J Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Service and Maintenance 135 1693 RLC Digibridge 136 K Confirm that the GO indicator is lit L Press the START button M Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again The RLC display should be 00000 ohms N Press the MEASURE MODE key to select CONT 4 Connect the banana plugs of the 1687 9600 extender cable to the 1 mH inductance stan dard 1482 E as follows e High leads red and red white to the LOW binding post e Low leads black and black white to the HIGH binding post Guard lead black green hanging free White bands should always be closest to 1482 terminals
47. Programs Below are three sample IEEE 488 programs using three different IEEE controllers These programs are intentionally very short and are intended as aids to demonstrate to the programmer how to operate a Digibridge using a typical controller It is assumed that the Digibridge address is set to 3 3 12 1 100 Programming Hints The initiation start command is GO That is the number 0 not the letter O Itis good practice to begin a new program with a P2 command This will reset all parameters to the known turn on state If P2 is used later in the program it will reset everything including Nominal Value and any Bin Limits that may be set 100 110 ADAP GPIBO An X command must be sent to enable data output The string P2A10 M3X4Z2G0 should be sent for the Short Circuit Zero A frequency other than 1 kHz can be sent if needed The string P2A10 M1X4Z1G0 should be sent for the Open Circuit Zero A frequency other than 1 kHz can be sent if needed All commands sent to the Digibridge must be followed by an UNL unlisten and then ATN attention must be unasserted H the instrument is set to TALK this should happen automatically 3 12 2 National Instruments GPIB PCII Card With the PC ckck oko x ke ke oe x ke ko o o o oe GS X GG TNT TT AT IZE BRIDGE ook ok oko e o oo oe Ge o kk kkk DIGIS DIGI Weak 120 CALL IBFIND ADAP GPIB0 CALL IBSIC GPIB0 130
48. Q is negative A Select ENTER with FUNCTION key and verify that measure mode is CONT B Press 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 C Press 5 E I9 E5 IS EL IES ISHIFT INOM VALUE NOTE The calibration resistance value should appear in the left display The DQ in PPM indicator must be lit D Press 2 2 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 NOTE The calibration Q value should appear in the right hand display 3 Enable and execute the recalibration for this range as follows The following keystrokes are the same for any range A Select MEASURE with the FUNCTION key and TRIGGERED with MEASURE MODE key B Press 1 6 9 3 IJ SHIFT CALIBRATE NOTE The GO indicator being lit and a 6 in the left and a 6 in the right displays confirm that calibration is enabled C Press START The GO indicator remains unlit while calibration proceeds D Keeping hands away from the test fixture wait until the GO indicator is lit again This completes recalibration of one range 4 Select CONTINUOUS with the MEASURE MODE key and check as follows that the Digibridge operates properly with the recalibration The Digibridge should measure the calibration resistor like any ordinary resistor and display its Rand Q ppm values The Q display can be expected to jump a bit precision and repeatability are in the order of 5 ppm The NO GO indicator will probably be lit this is normal 5 Disconnect the calibration resistor from
49. STATUS lbyte 1 76543210 7 oo o1 10 11 RLC value is RLC value is QDR value is QDR value is Parameter L Q Parameter C D Parameter C R Parameter R Q R X G B Y ANG Z ANG Ratio either Delta percent Value default Delta RLC BIN 0 BIN 1 BIN 2 BIN 3 BIN 4 etc BIN 13 BIN 14 dam y UE UERBO DO UE po mm bh nio n dE dA Bit 3 of STATUS byte does not convey data 98 Table 3 28 Truth table of compacted binary format for output data 001 010 011 100 IRLC e lbyte 2 IRLC mantissa lbyte 3 byte 4 IQDR e lbyte 5 byte 6 7 QDR mantissa byte 7 byte 8 i A a GUAPTMEERC EE EE FE GE Gee ey AE EE Ge Eb enam By OTENE emm eee ee ee ee OTHER 76543210 ee HE eee Se Ee 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 1101 1110 Operation The following examples illustrate how to obtain ordinary base 10 numbers from the compacted binary data EXAMPLE 1 Bytes are shown separated by spaces STATUS RLC e RLC mantissa byte 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 76543210 76543210 76543210 76543210 0001x111 01100101 11100001 00001001 Byte 1 Normal measurement Range 2 RLC QDR and bin number data are needed Byte 2 bit 7 Sign of C value is Byte 2 other bits C exponent is 1100101 in 2s complement notation which is the same as a negative exponent of 011011 1 e 27 base 10 NOTE 1 bit 6 is always 1 for a negative exponent 0 for a p
50. The detector 1s supposed to be biased so that its zero output is essentially in the center of its operating range For convenience the CPU divides the zero measurement by its normal value and displays the result Consequently the ideal value for XXXXX is 1 000 If it is less than 0 875 or more than 1 125 the test fails Verify that all keys on the keypad are working If no fault in the keypad 1s found 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel ANALYSIS PROCEDURE Check the following circuits Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 555 D XXXX Signal strength check failure the Digibridge will loop automatically repeating the test and updating the display The digit D indicates the range and voltage level used See below Test frequency is 1 kHz COMMENT Possible cause is having EXTERNAL BIAS switch ON during power up The effect depends on what is connected to the EXTERNAL BIAS con nector and what is in the test fixture This switch must be OFF to assure normal power up routines Check to make sure that the charged capacitor protective fuse F1 has not blown the effect is similar see sec tion 5 7 3 Remove all DUT from Digibridge during power up The ideal value for XX XX is about 0 64 If it 1s less than 0 250 or more than 1 000 this test fails ANALYSIS PROCEDURE See below depends on the failure display which is coded to indicate test voltage high or low and r
51. a more convenient ground con nection is found near the front edge of the board at a guard jumper terminal labeled El on the board DUT CONNECTOR GND on the schematic diagram 2 Measure the test signal frequency preferably as a period and calculate its reciprocal For example if the period is 1 000007 ms the frequency is 0 999993 kHz 3 Calculate the frequency correction c error in ppm as follows 7 measured frequency 1 000000 kHz p 1 kHz x 1 000 000 For example if the period is 1 000007 ms the frequency is 0 999993 kHz 4 Enter the frequency correction c error in ppm as follows The allowable range of entry is 99 to 99 For example if the value of c is 7 ppm A Select ENTER function and press 7 SHIFT SPECIAL 0 Notice that the correction c appears in the left display followed by a decimal point The correction has NOT been entered yet B Confirm the value C Continue the entry process by pressing 1 6 9 5 The decimal point should disappear indicating that the correction has been entered 143 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 Confirm normalcy as follows A Press 1 SHIFT FREQUENCY The left display should now be 1 B Press 1 SHIFT VOLTAGE The left display should be 1 6 Now continue with the zeroing and range recalibration procedures starting at para graph 5 8 2 5 9 8 Frequency Correction K Factor Procedure The Frequency K Factor c
52. and ground capacitances associated with connecting a remote DUT can be large enough to introduce terms that add significantly to the error permitted by the accuracy specifications In this paragraph we discuss the cable related sources of error how to estimate it and how to correct for it NOTE We define the normal DUT interface here as the 1689 9600 remote test fixture attached via 1689 9602 BNC cable to the 1693 Digibridge The Digibridge automatically compensates for ca pacitance between high terminals and low in the zero calibration Also the 5 terminal Kelvin circuitry is designed to minimize the effect of other cable and test fixture impedances on measurement accuracy However the following terms can be significant under some circumstances particularly if a long extender cable is used to reach beyond the normal DUT interface Acm common mode accuracy term most significant on range 4 Ald capacitive loading accuracy term most significant on range 1 at high frequency Operation Formulas and typical constants are given below for obtaining useful approximations to these terms Common Mode Accuracy Tenn Applies to any exten sion beyond instrument Acm 05 r jx Z 96 of measured impedance where r jx is the series impedance in the IL lead including the cable and Z 1s the DUT impedance However if you have selected SERIES EQUIV CKT it is more useful to spli
53. be programmed between 0 25 and 6 The return deintegration time depends on the dc voltage being converted and whether BIG L has been triggered see above therefore this time re quirement varies in a complex manner Data acquisition includes several complete dual slope conversion cycles with the reference sine wave at 3 or 4 different phases exactly 90 degrees apart as follows For FAST and MEDIUM rates 6 cycles 2 each with reference phases of 0 90 and 180 For FAST and MEDIUM rates if quick acquisi tion special function is enabled 5 cycles For SLOW measurement rate 8 cycles 2 each with ref phases of 0 90 180 and 270 Therefore data acquisition time is a complex dis continuous function of test frequency the selected measurement rate programmed integration time factor enabling or disabling of quick acquisition and pauses for synchronization 109 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 5 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 5 1 Safety These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so For continued protection against fire hazard replace fuse only with same type and rating as shown on rear panel and in parts list Service personnel observe the following precautions whenever you handle a circuit board or integrated circuit in
54. calibration or lesser because of long term drift the acceptable RLC extremes must be revised accordingly Based on Q of Type 1482 Standard Inductor as stated in IET Labs documentation If inductor Q values are known more accurately the Q can be checked to tighter tolerances Table 5 9 Inductance accuracy checks at 1 kHz Service and Maintenance 5 8 6 D Measurement Accuracy Verify D measurement accuracy with the following procedure Dissipation factor checks will be made using series equivalent circuit with corresponding connections of resistance and capacitance standards This procedure follows after paragraph 5 8 5 Thus test frequency 1 kHz test voltage 1 V measure rate SLOW range held indicator is NOT lit and parameter L Q is specified 1 Connect the 1657 9600 extender cable to the Digibridge remote test fixture Hand tighten the screws to provide ground guard connection 2 Connect the high leads red and red white together and separately connect the low leads black and black white together 3 Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER function 4 To select 100 Hz press 1 SHIFT FREQUENCY 5 Before measurement zero the Digibridge as follows A Keep the high banana plug stack sepa rated from the gt LOW stack B Press FUNCTION key if necessary to select MEASURE function C Press MEASURE MODE key if neces sary to select TRIGGERED mode
55. connections to the parts under test away from electromagnetic fields that may interfere with measurements Position the instrument with consideration for ample air flow to the side and rear ventilation holes The recommended space around the instrument is at least 3 75 mm The surrounding environment should be free from excessive dust to prevent contamination of electric circuits Refer to the Specifications at the front of this manual for temperature and humidity tolerances To safeguard the instrument during storage or shipment use protec tive packaging Service personnel refer to Section 5 When the Digibridge is mounted in a rack or other enclosed location make sure that the ambient tem perature inside the rack does not exceed the limits specified under Environment in the Specifications at the front of this manual and that air can circulate freely past all air inlet and outlet vents 2 9 Rack Mount Option To rack mount the unit place the instrument on the shelf 1689 9611 so that its feet drop through the large holes Then position this assembly in the rack as desired and secure with four 10 32 screws If the rack does not have threaded holes use the supplied clip nuts Installation 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 3 OPERATION 3 1 Basic Operation 3 1 1 Overview For initial familiarization with the Digibridge RLC tester follow the procedure carefully A fter that refer back to this section as required
56. converting it into a digital number which 1s a principal data input to the microprocessor If the integration time is relatively long so that the integration capacitor voltage reaches a certain refer ence level another comparator triggers the beginning of the return deintegration slope before sampling has been completed See signal name BIG L on block diagram The detector is then sampling and converting simultaneously for a portion of the dual slope conversion cycle Data Acquisition Time Data acquisition time includes pauses for synchronization and several integration deintegration cycles Theory 1693 RLC Digibridge A pause for synchronization varies depending on timing relationships among the START signal length of settling time or programmed delay length of the previous integration deintegration cycle and the Digibridge clocks particularly FCOUNT shown on block diagram This pause can be as much as one test frequency period for high frequencies or up to 1 32 of the test frequency period for low frequencies The integration sampling gate or capacitor charg ing time of the dual slope integrator is the number of full periods of the test frequency whose sum is closest to 4 ms x integration time factor for FAST closest to but not over 16 7 ms x integration time factor for MEDIUM or closest to but not over 100 ms for SLOW measurement rate The integration time factor is normally 1 0 but can
57. display were VALUE NOTE If you wish to see the delta display simul taneously with bin sorting data output to IEEE 488 bus enter the bin limits first as described in para graph 3 8 Then unless the last setting of nominal value happens to be the desired reference for percent difference use the above procedure for setting up delta displays DELTA RLC DISPLAY Selected by the DISPLAY Key This selection is indicated by lighting BOTH indicators together VALUE and delta The del taRLC display is a difference from the stored nominal value measured in the indicated electrical units such as ohms millihenries or picofarads If RLC 1s nega tive the measured value is less than reference The procedure for selecting deltaRLC displays is like the delta procedure above except that the DISPLAY key 1s pressed repeatedly until two DISPLAY indica tors together labeled deltaRLC are lit The secondary measurement result appears in the QDR display area just as it would if the principal display were VALUE Bin No Selected by using the DISPLAY key When measurement is completed the bin assignment will be shown on the left RLC display only as a one digit or two digit number with the following significance 0 No Go because of the secondary QDR limit 1 Go bin 1 2 Go bin 2 Go bin 3 4 5 12 or 13 as indicated 14 No go by default suits no other bin Ratio Displays The Digib
58. for example to set up the address 00011 enter D s at positions 5 4 3 enter L s at positions 2 1 This makes the talk address 0 and the listen address Replace the interface option assembly in its former place Reassembly note align board edges carefully with connector and guide that are inside of instrument while pushing interface option into position w Figure 5 15 IEEE 488 interface on the rear panel 146 Service and Maintenance
59. is scheduled for periodic cleaning soon clean the test fixture as described in paragraph 5 6 2 Place all equipment including the Digibridge s to be recalibrated in th e tem perature stabilized room normally at 23 C 3 Switch Digibridge s ON and if frequency calibration 1s needed see above switch the counter power ON Allow all equipment to warm up for at least two hours Leave the Digibridge test conditions at the defaults 4 If frequency calibration is needed see Decision above skip to the procedure of paragraph 5 9 7 before zeroing and reca librating ranges 4 3 2 and 1 Decision whether K Factor Calibration Is Needed The K Factor Calibration paragraph 5 9 8 1s neces sary and should be completed before recalibrating any range if the Dallas Chip has been replaced GenRad No Description Requirements Temperature stabilized room 23 degrees C 73 4 F recommended 1689 9604 Kit of four calibration resistors R and Q values known at 1 kHr with nominal resistances of R accuracy 002 calibration 24 9 374 ohms 5 97 95 3 kilohms traceable to SI Q calibrated and calibration open and short to 10 ppm Universal counter timer with Accuracy better than 10 ppm ground strap Screw bright plated brass 2 ppm preferred in averaging multiple period measurement Size 0 138 32 x 0 5 diam thds in x length in Refer to calibration certificate Form No 1
60. leads it 1s impor tant to orient each adaptor so that its internal contacts which are off center are close to the DUT To remove each adaptor lift with a gentle tilt left or right never forward or back 3 2 4 1657 9600 Banana Plug Extender Cable The 1657 9600 is a male banana plug extender cable with shielded 4 terminal Kelvin connections and guard 3 feet in length for connecting to 1659 1689 9700 1692 Digibridges and 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture Terminated with 5 banana plugs and includes 5 alligator clip Each banana plug has a different color banana plug red for high and black for low White bands for potentials and green band for ground see Figure 3 10 below 20 Ground Black with Green Band Drive ee Sense Red White Mi m Sense Black White EE uum EE Drive ni Figure 3 10 Banana plugs on the 1657 9600 cable EXTERNAL BIAS BI 57 1693 RLC DigiBridge eo a oool e ooo 6 OO start REMOTE COI Ol eo 6 SER PAR 1657 9600 Note The H connectors on the 1689 9602 cable are deliberately connected to the terminals on the test fixture and vice versa Figure 3 11 Connecting remote test fixture and the Extender cable to RLC Digibrige Operation 3 2 5 The 1689 9602
61. mode press START Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 in from test fixture If NEG RLC lights the selected parameter is not ap propriate for the DUT and another parameter should be selected For example if the Digirbdige is set to measure capacitance and NEG RLC is lit that means that the DUT is inductive To view relative measurements the nominal value and the bin limits must be first programmed See section 5 below Once the values have been programmed select one of the following options by pressing the DISPLAY key difference from the nominal value A must be lit Difference from nominal in original units pF mH etc VALUE and A must both be lit Assigned bin number BIN NO must be lit SHIFT VOLTAGE 1 to 256 1 Programming 25 measurements FUNCTION 1 SHIFT SHIFT AVERAGE Averaging FUNCTION 2 5 SHIFT AVERAGE AVERAGE 0 to 99 999 ms Programming a delay of 200 ms FUNCTION 0 SHIFT SHIFT DELAY Delay FUNCTION 2 0 0 SHIFT DELAY DELAY D and Qin PPM SHIFT DQ in PPM SHIFT DQ in PPM again voltage Hold constant NA OFF Select the desired range then SHIFT HOLD RNG again NA range SHIFT HOLD RNG 5 Setting limits for GO NO GO testing and sorting into bins a Make sure the appropriate VALUE is selected by pressing DISPLAY key as necessary c Select the desired range and multipliers d Select bins and limits as follows Sample
62. nF f max 256 mH f 3 400 ohms mid 400 ohms mid 400 nF f mid 64 nH f min 100 ohms max 1600 nF f min 16 mH f max 100 ohms min 1 6 uF f max 16 mH f 4 25 ohms mid 25 ohms mid 6 4 uF f mid 4 mH f min 00001 ohm max 99999 uF min 00001 mH K is kilohms f is equal to the test frequency in kHz Table 3 7 Autoranging Measurement Ranges and Source Resistance Operation 43 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 4 3 Constant Voltage Source If it is important to measure the DUT at a particular test voltage then select the constant voltage feature as follows Press SHIFT CONSTANT VOLTAGE so that the CONSTANT VOLTAGE indicator is lit The Digibridge now retains a source resistance of 25 ohms for all ranges The voltage is constant for any DUT impedance significantly larger than 25 ohms An example is given in the preceding paragraph Choosing this feature causes a reduction in measure ment accuracy by a factor of three as accounted for by Kcv in the accuracy specifications To disable the constant voltage feature press the same keys again 3 4 4 Constant Current Source If it is important to measure the DUT with a particular test current applied then select the constant current feature as follows 1 Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key 2 Enter the desired current in milliamps For example to enter 2 mA press 2 SHIFT CONST I To disable Const I press 0 2 SHIFT CONST I Refer to Table 3 8 for a listing of
63. power supply is recom mended set the current limit at 200 mA Be sure that the bias supply is floating DO NOT connect either lead to ground Generally the external circuit must include switching for application of bias after each DUT is in the test fixture and discharge before it is removed A well filtered power supply is recommended Bias supply hum can affect some measure ments particularly if a test frequency is the same as the power frequency Setup Procedure l Connect the external bias voltage sup ply and switching circuit to the rear panel EXTERNAL BIAS connector using a pur chased or fabricated cable assembly Observe polarity marking on the rear panel 2 Set the external supply to limit current lt 200 mA 3 Set the external bias supply to the desired voltage 60 V 4 If the Digibridge power is off switch its POWER ON and wait for completion of the self check routine before the next step 5 Switch the EXTERNAL BIAS ON switch is at right of keyboard and verify that the BIAS ON indicator is lit see below If polarity is inverted the indicator will not be lit as brightly as normal 6 Ifthe bias cable fuse must be replaced use a 200 mA fast acting fuse 7 Switch the bias off using an external switch so that the DUT can be inserted before bias is applied to it Refer to the Operating Procedure below Operation NOTE The BIAS ON indicator serves to indicate that the EXTERNAL BI
64. range constants vs frequency Ks as a function of measurement rate Measurement Rate Ks Slow D fe Maximum is FAST measurement mode with minimum integration time xvii 1693 RLC Digibridge Kfv as a Function of Frequency and RMS Voltage 0 1 V to lt 0 25 V AC Applied Voltage 12 Hz to 30 Hz to 100 Hz to 250 Hz to 1 kHz gt 1 kHz to gt 3 kHz to gt 6 kHz to gt 10 kHz to gt 20 kHz to gt 20 kHz 200 kHz lt 30 Hz lt 100 Hz lt 250 Hz lt 1 kHz 3 kHz 6 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 50 kHz to 50 kHz 1 V to 1 275 V AC Applied Voltage EEG a E TE A E a ee ee 0 25 V to lt 1 V AC Applied Voltage 8 lsi ee 2 z j vs e rz j 2 j 9 j re s Is I 5 I5 I 9 I s s v0 0 03 V to lt 0 1 V AC Applied Voltage 0 01 V to 0 03 V AC Applied Voltage 99 s j ro j o soj s s s ev ro v jf v Multiply Kfv values by 5 from 3kHz to 20kHz for Range I Z gt 25 kohms Not Specified Measurement ranges and source impedance resistance The 1693 has 4 measurement ranges Range 1 to Range 4 that have specific source resistance The Ranges can be automatically or manually selected The source resistance does reduce the AC signal applied to the DUT AUTORANGING MEASUREMENT RANGES AND SOURCE RESISTANCES Source Principal Measured Parameter Range Resistance Resistance Capacitance Inductance max 99999 K min 00001 pF max 99999 H l 97 4 kohms mi
65. re Y jX jX jB jB d Rs a Rs i Cp TT Rp Lp Rp 4 or or IMPEDANCE ADMITTANCE Figure 3 28 Phase relationships ESR for Capacitors The total loss of a capacitor can be expressed in several ways including D and eC ESR which stands for equivalent series resis tance and which is designated Rs in the preceding paragraph To obtain ESR be sure that the SERIES indicator 1s lit if you want ESR displayed simulta neously with C push the Cs Rs parameter key if you want the 5 place resolution for ESR push the Rs Q key Equivalent series resistance 1s typically much larger than the actual ohmic series resistance of the wire leads and foils that are physically in series with the heart of a capacitor because ESR includes also the effect of dielectric loss ESR is related to D by the formula ESR Rs D o Cs Parallel Equivalent Circuits for Inductors Even though it is customary to measure series inductance of inductors there are situations in which the paral lel equivalent circuit better represents the physical device For small air core inductors the significant loss mechanism is usually ohmic or copper loss in the wire and the series circuit 1s appropriate Operation However if there 1s an iron core the significant loss mechanism may be core loss caused by eddy currents and hysteresis and the parallel equivalent circuit is appropriate being a better model of the inductor
66. senson uei tee iq a edidic acude iasecmas iae ueitta tis ies 121 55 4 Removalof Multiples tt Packages uui int ttr moet Pere Put endete o Ett re deed R 122 eo Perodi Miine WAIN Coase hca rhea au hotest e a d distat ein dea tees 122 SUAE I OL PCS ERAI EE m is N anti san dull xevica doak nan setsnues ovat 122 62 Carcorthie Dis mlay Patel aetiutestodetbsietutsnfuii contend ote ae ede ee 122 ST WroublecABIIVSIS ace cen crm dr Deva ot ed testatus cited a Aatewcersa decane Manta anaes 123 Sel JOVEEVIS aue a Dese valioso vua Du Red acusada ao ctae cM Sociedad cM 123 5 7 2 Power Up Self check and Certain Aborted Measurements esses 124 S125 Internal use Replacement 1 7 65 eene p en tn Enti pot nus bunc Nav uiu 127 5 7 4 Power Supply and Regulator Boat dik uei eH eter Ue e Qai iren ease ean tomer nee 128 527 90 SNE WINE Crelerator C eC KS odore r usa a sa omae bleue sadi 129 SLO Brome iG Aplin es cameo WILO MCS oio te toI RON ERU Usu I et rsen apa duras deu ME uex Mn ud 129 3 0 JACGUELAdC V Vet ICA OBL c ea cube Ra ume MM UN CM duae rct REA 130 UNE c M P 130 5 8 2 Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Ranges 1 5 ei ten e er dels 131 35 5 Capacitance Measurement A CCULACY beoe tees i d Eco Se bees t Mteteetatoexs 1352 5 0 4 Resistance Measurement ACCUTACY sus retia vaa aser aa EA 134 509 5 inductance Measurement ACCULAe V emisunea r ntt du lene Geass ERU EE fers 135 S0
67. setting adjustment QDRXBO limits always Limit of 85 8 5 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 For D R series X B Q R 9 9 9 9 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 bin 0 Symmetrical percentage Nominal value of 123 4 4 2 3 1 4 SHIFT NOM VAL 0 SHIFT BIN NO 0 1 tolerances for RLCGZY with 0 2 limits in bin 1 LJ 2 SHIFT BIN NO 0 1 nested bins sort For R parallel Q L 0 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 enter tolerances for more bins if necessary Nominal value of 1 4 7 5 7 SHIFT NOM VAL 0 7 SHIFT BIN NO 0 2 Multiple tolerances bucket 44750 5 SHIFT BIN NO 0 2 with 0 5 Q limits in bin 2 enter tolerances for more bins if necessary 20 80 limits for 2 0 8 0 SHIFT BIN 0 SHIFT BIN NO 0 6 Asymmetrical tolerances bin 6 NO 0 6 upper limit should always come first Overlapping values will always get assigned into the lower numbered bin e Press FUNCTION key to select MEASURE mode f Press DISPLAY key as needed to select the desired mode See Section 4 above g Connect component to be tested to the test terminals and press START If the DUT falls into the limits of one of the active bins the bin number will be displayed and the GO LED will be lit If the DUT falls outside the limits of the active bins display with show bin 14 and the NO GO LED will be lit Abbrevi
68. side of the switch switch closed The address is read from 5 to 1 Thus for example to set up the address 00011 enter 0 5 at positions 5 4 3 enter l s at positions 2 and 1 This makes the talk address C and the listen address Installation 1693 RLC Digibridge Strictly speaking the address includes more S2 determines only the device dependent bits of the address You cannot choose talk and listen addresses separately only as a pair The list of possible pairs is shown in Table 2 1 The GPIB Address of the Digibridge is set by the SW2 DIP Switch The numeric value is set by setting the switch on or off for the corresponding bit with the OFF position for binary 1 and ON position for binary 0 Depress the rocker toward the OFF mark ing for OFF and toward the numeric marking for the corresponding ON position O Z O Z O Z Z O Z oOol o lo lol o O ZIZIZIZIZIZIZ S5 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON oe ON Em ON ON ON ON ON O OFF FF OFF FF OFF OFF FF OFF FF OFF OFF OFF OFF o OFF OFF OFF OFF Table 2 1 IEEE 488 address settings dd O z Ojo nl zZ O an Z 11 1693 RLC Digibridge In the above example the remote message codes MLA and MTA are X0100011 and X1000011 respec tively Thus the listen address and the talk address are distinguished although they contain the same set of device dependent bits which yo
69. that all keys and switches of the keyboard are properly located in their holes in the subpanel before tightening the four screws in the subpanel and bracket Also plug the two cables into the keyboard before attaching the front panel assembly to the chassis IMPORTANT each of these cables plugs onto a row of pins without any keying Be sure that the cable is oriented correctly with color marked edges up at the keyboard and toward the rear at the main board Also be sure that each cable connector engages its full set of pins and does NOT miss the first or last one 8 To remove the display board A Remove the two screws that pass through the display board into spacers on the sub panel not the two screws that fasten the associated connector board B Slide the display board upwards to unplug it from the connectors below 9 To remove the main board A Disconnect the cables that connect this board with display keyboard and power supply See above B Remove the two screws from below that attach the bnc connector bracket at the front or rear panel C Remove eight screws from above that fasten the main board to the chassis and the stiffener below this board Note One of these screws is accessed after first re moving the air deflector 2 screws near the right rear air vent D Remove the main board forward and upwards If removal is obstructed by the front panel assembly that can be removed first See abo
70. the test fixture Service and Maintenance 5 9 6 Recalibration for Range 1 1 Connect the 95 3 kilohm calibration resistor to the Digibridge test fixture 2 Enter the known parameters of the calibration resistor as in the following example based on the values R 94 986 kilohms and Q 280 ppm NOTES The Digibridge will accept six digits for R even though only five will be displayed The Q is associated with bin 00 and its value must be preceded with if the known Q is negative A Select ENTER with FUNCTION key and verify that measure mode is CONT B Press 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 C Press 9 4 9 8 6 SHIFT NOM VALUE NOTE The calibration resistance value should appear in the left display The DQ in PPM indicator must be lit D Press 2 8 0 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 NOTE The calibration Q value should appear in the right hand display 3 Enable and execute the recalibration for this range as follows The following keystrokes are the same for any range A Select MEASURE with the FUNCTION key and TRIGGERED with MEASURE MODE key B Press 1 6 9 3 IJ SHIFT CALIBRATE NOTE The GO indicator being lit and a 6 in the left and a 6 in the right displays confirm that calibration is enabled C Press START The GO indicator remains unlit while calibration proceeds D Keeping hands away from the test fixture wait until the GO indicator is lit again This completes r
71. the following connection to minimize errors rm V fark Sense AS AS Sess P Cs L Ss Drive Incorrect Figure 3 16 Connecting alligator clips It is important that sense terminals be closest to the DUT and not to intermix high and low connections Operation 3 2 10 Connection to HACS Z High Accuracy Decade Capacitor The HACS Z has two types of connections one via 2 bnc connectors and the other via 5 binding posts This section shows the connection to both types It is important to perform open and short corrections as described previously in section 3 1 3 for the cables being used GED HACS Z DECADE CAPACITOR 1693 RLC Digibridge Connecting to HACS Z with binding post terminals Use one of the following options e 1689 9602 bnc to bnc Extender Cable in combination with Pomona 1894 amp 4684 bnc to banana adapters see Figure 3 17 e 1657 9600 Extender Cable or 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads see Figure 3 18 Note that the alligator clips are removed for direct connection to the binding posts HIGH LOW SENSE SENSE IH PH PL IL Figure 3 17 Connection to HACS Z BP terminals with 1689 9602 cable and 1894 amp 4684 adapters dep HACS Z DECADE CAPACITOR I l a i Figure 3 18 Connection to HACS Z BP terminals with 1657 9600 Extender Cable or 7000 04 cable without alligator clips Operation 25 1693 RLC Digibridge Connecting to HACS Z
72. to IEEE 488 standard connector cable Functions complete remote control Output of selected results with or without PC 1 4 A plug in type sub miniature quick acting Protects instrument circuitry from damage by charged capacitors TALK switch and IEEE connectors are supplied with the IEEE interface option only Otherwise blank panel is installed Table 1 2 Rear controls and connectors Introduction 5 1693 RLC Digibridge 1 4 Accessories IET makes several accessories that enhance the 1 4 4 Supplied accessories usefulness of each Digibridge A choice of extender cables facilitates connection to a parts handler or Extender cable bnc to bnc 1 meter long to any DUT that does not readily fit the test fixture Power cable Extender cables are available with your choice of nstruction manual banana plugs BNC or type 874 connectors Each Calibration certificate traceable to SI cable has 4 separate connectors for true 4 terminal connections and guard to the device being mea sured without appreciable reduction in measurement accuracy A remote test fixture is available to receive hand inserted components at a distance from the Digibridge 1 4 2 Optional Accessories A WARNING SHOCK HAZARD X HIGH VOLTAGE MAY APPEAR ON TERMINALS H Formerty manutecuures oy GenRad IET 1689 9600 DIGIBRIDGE REMOTE TEST FIXTURE Alligator Clip Leads 1 Meter 7000 04 Remote Test Fixture 1689 9600 TOM Kelvin Test Leads 1700
73. uera A NONU 23 Iueure 3sIo 7000 04 Alligator Chip LCOS siete Scatter ail p et i ei intact emet eue eue b aetas 24 Tuonke 3 162 CORHEchng ul eoloP CIS assirinassi tastes ea caa iurata tM S So atin Re uasa ER it soa ton Ud 24 Figure 3 17 Connection to HACS Z BP terminals with 1689 9602 cable and 1894 amp 4684 adapters 25 Figure 3 16 Connection to HACS Z BP terminals with 1657 9600 Extender Cable OF 7000 04 cable without allisator GS igiene E n E repe stem bees curata te tod od iius 22 Figure 3 19 Connection to HACS Z bnc terminals with 1689 9602 cable with 6700 adapters 26 Figure 3 207 Connecting 1693 0 0 terminal 1452 a out uias IU n eie opes oa edu rcd 2 Figure 3217 Direc comechonof 4093 and 492 nane teca ato E AES be cuiu enis 27 Rigure 3s22 Comectine 4093 0w 3 terminal 414652 scent ote EE tem tet epe 26 Figure 3 23 Connection to 12409 Standard CODO OE senectt eost etes St Rata A Soc esee St ted 26 ioureJs24 GC ONNCCHING 1093 10 0 JUS a ad tese ute esum Nu de UU RM E aM 29 Tug 3 25 CONNEC TOQUI TT T sss ec tuts ibd A Ran Civ ae Dao decade m essc a Sud bun aae c bari incu 30 Table of Contents 1693 RLC Digibridge Figure 3270 CONNECHON 10 14 595 Vid 7000804 CODIgos ite eGo ae a a E amine un Aeon 94 Figure 3 27 Connection to 1433 via 1657 9600 CUblg anti Dette tt bis ven EE MEE enne 32 PIGH ge SPR ad TOI al gO la ONS IDS oa a a a a RE TT ES 33 Figure 3 29 Relationships of Measurement Time eiie tet
74. where the blank bracket was N CAUTION N Handle the shielded cable assembly with care and be sure that it is dressed neatly with a minimum of twist or stress in its new position 119 1693 RLC Digibridge 6 Fasten the bnc connector bracket in the rear 5 5 2 Major internal components position and the blank bracket in the front position The following figures show the major internal com 7 Reassemble the instrument and verify nor poenents of the 1693 Digibridges mal operation To relocate the bnc connec tor bracket to the front again reverse this procedure fol ass E TE 002 AOCZISO a O22 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 5 5 0 5 0 0 5 5 n SONIddIMIHd e0296 9120 WES TULYIOANON svTiva LO LI LE LI 3 La LIS LI Lu LE L3 Lu LE LE a m LJ LIP bk te TX a LI i s 1 M Mo Me e e M AC EEE EE ED vw M aS l689 4702 01 E CRB pem CR27 CR28 Jaa i jae s 015 O16 ELI Figure 5 3 Analog and Control Board Assembly 1689 4702 l ET TEITI AIT arise bai G FUME rs PTS Y wis C nam te E 6 e e dl Y e o 5E zh TX x estas Pree f un E ee ee s gt s f d LT BIER WE s M ORI gt RE o oom tns yr em 53 og 1o 9j5 o o f j j 0 6 j l jo Figure 5 4 Display Board Assembly 1689 4705 120 Service and Maintenance ETA EA e te t
75. with bnc terminals Connect using 1689 9602 bnc to bnc extender cable in combinations with 6700 bnc T adapters see Figure 3 19 Geometry should be maintained to reduce er rors after the zeroing procedure has been performed GED HACS Z DECADE CAPACITOR C096 689 1 y r V Figure 3 19 Connection to HACS Z bnc terminals with 1689 9602 cable with 6700 adapters 26 Operation 3 2 11 Connection to 1482 Inductance Standard Two methods that can be used when calibrating a 1482 Inductance standard is a direct method and a transfer method both are described below 3 2 11 1 Transfer Methods 6 Terminal Transfer method When lead inductance is not sufficiently constant its effect can be eliminated by another method of comparison The two six termi nal indictors can be connected in series to the bridge A first measurement is made with the short of one inductor in the L position while that of the other is in the Lo position on the reference terminals A second measurement is then made with both links moved to the opposite terminals The measured difference is the difference between the two inductance changes at the reference terminals and is independent of the internal lead inductances because they appear in both measurements and cancel in the difference The 1693 Digibridge is connected to the 1482 A Inductance Standard as illustrated in Figure 3 20 A 14 guage piece of bus wire is used to connect between
76. 00 mH Inductors Table 5 1 Components needed for performance verification 112 5 4 2 Performance Verification Procedure 1 After the line voltage switch has been set to correspond to the input line voltage connect the line cord and switch the POWER ON The Digibridge then enters an automatic self cheek routine and displays a sequence of codes If one of these displays persists a check failure has occurred and further checks or measurements are inhibited See paragraph 3 13 Normally upon completion of the power up self cheek the following preset or default conditions are established lighting a vertical line of indicators However if the keyboard is locked the locked in conditions are re established and most of the keyboard indicators are dark Normal FUNCTION MEASURE DISPLAY VALUE IMEASURE RATE SLOW IMEASURE MODE CONT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES NOTE If interface option is installed MEASURE MODE will indicate TRIGGERED and display blank The main panel displays and indicators RLC and QDR will normally come up with random meaning less readings ignore them 2 Ifthe keyboard is locked and the MEASURE indicator is lit to unlock it press 1 6 9 3 LOCK If you have the interface option it is possible that the FUNCTION is locked at ENTER Then the use of remote control signals is required either to unlock the keyboard or to select the MEASURE function which is a pre
77. 03 May also be used as bnc to banana plug con nector Digibridge Calibration Kit 1689 9604 bnc bnc Extender Cable 2 Meter 1689 9602 2 Requires Remote Test Fixture 1689 9600 Chip Component Tweezers 7000 05 I IEEE Digibridge Interface 1689 9640 Rackmount Kit 1689 9611 1657 9600 Banana Plug Extender Cable Requires Remote Test Fixture 1689 9600 6 Introduction bridge igi 1693 RLC D cL02 0c 60 Ieqel 691 LLOSE00606 NS Avaa L31HS 3o vs3Av LJIHS 39 V L10Al 13iHS AoNano3z LJIHS 691 0 pouoegje apinb Bunesado e2id A G ainbi4 886S rEe 919 xe4 e esec vee 919 SL0c9 HGOO ADVO NI SAV 131 13l Ulo2 Sqe 1or WMMM O6SLL AN Aingise 4891S UIEN PEG e Aeme Ajayes jouuosJed dee pue sufis BuiuJew 1sog 9 sayoyims Bunsn pe ueuw amod snowy q s10jonpuoo seq JO BSN y eziululuJ pue uore nsutr WNwWIxeW esf e sjueuodujuoo j Aue uy JOBJUOD ejuepio9e piore o seJnseaui je exei pasn ge A GSp seDeyoA snopaezeu 1e eueuM abe JO ayes e ye BSD OU urejureui o JopJo ui punoJ6 yea oj euruue 5 eui 12euuo2 seBeyo Sul JO seBeyoA ufu YM Huyiom ueuM sena Haes je eauesqo 00Z6 691 I POIN ONY CG 10H LLHIHS ONY G10HI LSIHS ueui e6uei paursep eui j99 8S juejsuoo pOH obDejoA juejsuoo PjOH svia LNI L3iHS seig jeujeyul Av 13d L4IHS 0 0 z NOIL NN 4 0 NOILONN 4 SW 00Z Jo Aejap e BuruueJ604gd
78. 196 Gmin E 1 4 D 14 Ks Kfv 0 01 2 1 Ks Kfv 0 01 Ymin E 14 Ks Kfv 0 01 To obtain accuracy IET offers a convenient tool at http www ietlabs com notes digibridge accuracy calculator This tool is equivalent to the calculations shown for both primary and secondary parameters Note This calculation tool is applicable for both 1689 and 1693 Digibridge modles xvi Abbreviated Specifications Accuracy of secondary parameters right readout 1693 RLC Digibridge s f 1 Q 1 Ks t Kfv 0 0001 x 500uH 2 Q of L 0 0001 a T a o 14 Ks 4 Kfv 0 0001 IO ai Cmin D of C 0 0001 1 R 0 01 1 max X 0 0196 1 L SS Xmax Xx B 0 019 EE 2 e x j 300mS ZX Angle with Z v 01 eitz Zmax Angle with Y 0 01 E NER x E Ate 300mS Remove this term of 0 0001 if DO in PPM mode is used Notes 1 It is assumed that both that OPEN and SHORT zeroing calibrations are made at the test frequency used 2 Accuracy applies for measurements made using the 1689 9602 Extender Cable with or without the 1689 9600 or 1689 9605 Test Fixture Abbreviated Specifications ovale 1 D2 1 Ks Kfv 0 0001 AM 1 count 1 lt 1 Ks e Kf 1 count E 1 D 1 Ks Kfv 0 01 1 count N T 1 Ks kr Degrees Ymin m 1 Ks Kfv Degrees High Impedance
79. 2 Measured Value lt Bin 1 Axis 1 1 lt 5 5 gt 10 10975 Nominal Value 100 00 kO A single nominal value is used and all limit pairs are symmetrical in this basic plan Figure 3 33 Nested limits for sorting BINS MEASURED VALUE LIMITS Nom Value Percentages ENTRIES amp 0036 0 A different nominal value is entered for each bin and all limit pairs are symmetrical except for the unsymmetrical pair shown for example in bin 5 Figure 3 34 Sequential limits for sorting Bucket sorting means sorting into bins that are not 3 To enter a single QDR limit always bin 0 nested The usual method is that mentioned above press the parameter key such as Cs D ap sequential limits However there is no requirement propriate to DDT that the bins be adjacent Any of them can be defined 4 To change range and unit multipliers press with its own specific limits which may be overlap the same parameter key repeatedly ping adjacent or isolated from any other bin Refer to Table 3 6 on page 40 for units and multipliers which indicates the sequence of multipliers that will appear 3 8 3 Limit Entry Procedure 5 Toenter limits To enable comparisons unless the keyboard is A Enter the maximum limit of D or Rs or locked rust enter limits as follows This procedure Q with R B Enter the minimum limit of Rp or Q with L makes use of limit entry keys at the le
80. 20 Abbreviated interface message code for TALK ONLY data transfer Operation 91 1693 RLC Digibridge Sequence p Characters Status space Normal Operation Underrange held reduced accuracy Overrange held reduced accuracy End extension of range 1 or 1 reduced accuracy Invalid measurement due to signal overload Value of delta RLC or Normal display rato Delta RLC Mode Ratio Mode Nominal Value RLC Value Parameter Inductance Capacitance Resistance Conductance Impedance Admittance Normal or ratio mode Normal mode one of 3 describe above Ratio Mode RLC Value Nominal Value Units Henries Millihenries Microfarads Nanofarads Siemens mS Millisiemens uS Microsiements space Percent difference from nominal value space Q Ohms T kiloohms Sign 3 ee Value Value Number 0123456789 Measured number right justified in format field like the space RLC display except the zero before the decimal point is explicitly provided and this number can be as long as seven characters ee DE standard carriage return and line feed characters Ls of string Table 3 21 Data output for RLC value delta deltaRLC or RATIO Underrange generally occurs when the measured impedance is lower than the nominal low limit for automatic range change and there is a lower impedance range Overrange generally occurs when the measured impedance is higher than the nominal high limit for automatic range change a
81. 6 0 1 2 0 48 0968 0118 kHz respectively CPU will loop on failure recycle power OFF and ON to exit from loop 33333 xxxx PROM data checksum test XXXX checksum which must be zero to pass the test 222 F XXXX Calibration constants test XXXX normalized value of constant which must be within the limits of 1 000000 0 78125 to pass the test For F 0 the constant is frequency correction factor For F 1 2 3 or 4 it is the conductance of range 1 2 3 or 4 respectively You can proceed from this power up self check failure 222 F XXXX and operate the Digibridge To do so press the C D key Of course the measured results are liable to be erroneous you should then proceed to obtain service to repair the fault and or recalibrate 11111 1111 Failure of the high speed math chip on the 1689 9620 high speed measurement and IEEE handler interface option This check is performed only if that option is present You can proceed from this power up self check fail ure 11111 1111 and operate the Digibridge To do so press the C D key Interface functions can be expected to work properly However the Digibridge will operate at its regular speed as though the high speed option were absent if it has this failure 101 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 13 2 Failure Display due to Signal Overload 014 right display blank Occurrence of an unrecov erable signal overload during the last measurement This
82. 60ud A S77 0 AW G eBDeyoA paddy ZH 00Z 0 ZH Z Wow Builbues serouenbay zs e qeiyo9 es 00G 1940 serouonbay 1s9 ari 66666 0 4d 100000 i H 66666 HW L00000 1 5 3 66666 0 4e 010000 HIN 6 6666 0 HU 010000 O9 66666 0 U 010000 INdd U Oq pue ones UJ 66666 0 U 10000 0 IZ puey buey Buipeay 23110 sejouresed s uey ejBuy A 10 ejBuy z jejeued g e seues x y Jejjeyed jo seues G D O 1 O Y s193eureJed jueujeunseo u J9j9uJ QTY 9neujojne pejjouguoo JosseooJdojJoluJ e si eDpuqiDiq 2TH 69 SUL UOIJEULOJU E J19uoe 1 obpuqibid 21H 691 IPPON 10 spins Hunjesodo Introduction 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 Unpacking and Inspection 2 3 Power Line Connection This instrument was carefully inspected before ship This instrument uses a standard IEC input module ment It should be in proper electrical and mechanical order upon receipt The input fuse is located in the drawer above the input power module If it has to be replaced be sure An OPERATING GUIDE 1s attached to the instru to use a slow blow fuse 250 V 6 10 A 5x20 mm ment to provide ready reference to specifications and See Figure 2 1 operating information iim VU WAI is MAA If the shipping carton is damaged inspect the instru oe ment for damage scratches dents broken parts etc 6 10A SX20MM SLO BLO If the instruments is damaged or fails to meet speci CAUTION fications noti
83. 689 8204 supplied with the kit Counter and screw are needed for frequency calibration only Table 5 13 Equipment required for calibration 140 Service and Maintenance 5 9 2 Zeroing and Selecting DQ in PPM This zeroing procedure is like the routine procedure in Operation Chapter 3 In this process the Digibridge automatically measures stray parameters related to the test fixture and associated circuits and retains the data which it uses in each recalibration step below to correct measurements so that results most accu rately represent parameters of the external calibration resistor alone NOTE Leave the I T factor at 1 the power up default or more NOT less See para 3 5 5 9 10 11 12 Press FUNCTION key if necessary to select MEASURE function Press MEASURE MODE key if necessary to select TRIGGERED mode Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 in from test fixture Press the START button Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Press the START button Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again The RLC display should be 00000 ohms Disconnect the short circuit DQ in PPM Press SHIFT DQ in PPM keys if necessary to light this indicator Select kQ Press R Q key The k
84. 7 4 kobm U56 pin 11 Table 5 4 Detector standard resistor range switching checks Service and Maintenance 129 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 8 Accuracy Verification 5 8 1 General This procedure is a more rigorous alternative to the performance verification described above Precision standards of impedance are required for this proce dure which checks the accuracy as well as the overall performance of the instrument It will be controlled from the front panel without disassembly Table 5 5 lists the recommended standards and associated equipment For the C accuracy checks the standard is a precision decade capacitor Calibration of Standard The acceptable RLC readout min to max range may have to be modified if the actual calibrated value of your standard or it s ac curacy either or both is different from the tabulated value s Test Fixture This procedure requires that a remote test fixture 1689 9600 be connected to the 1693 For example if your 10 pF standard is known to be 10 18 0 25 pF then compute the new tolerance as follows Digibridge accuracy 0 02 percent The limits are therefore 9 92 to 10 44 pF 130 Verify that the instrument meets performance speci fications as follows Name Requirements Recommended Capano Decade 3 terminal 1pF to 1pF IET 1413 P Accuracy 0 05 0 5pF Canacitor Decade 50pF to 1 111115 uF IET 1412 p Accuracy 0 5 Caaf Four terminal ratio type 10uF I
85. AS is switched ON NOT NECESSARILY the presence of external bias When the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is ON the BIAS ON indicator is lit as long as the Digibridge POWER is ON The indicator brightness depends somewhat on the external bias voltage Also when the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is ON but the POWER is switched OFF this indicator is lit by external bias voltages above about 3 V POWER ON This is generally necessary to permit the power up self checks to pass Protection The Digibridge is internally protected from damage from charged capacitors with stored energy up to 1 joule at any voltage up to 60 V N CAUTION N If your test procedure includes charging capacitors to higher energy or higher voltage before or during connect ion to the Digibridge EXTERNAL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE INSTRUMENT Operating Procedure l If TRIGGERED measure mode is to be used calculate the delay that is suitable for the largest value capacitor in the group to be measured with external bias thus Delay Cx Vbias Imax 10 Rstd Cx seconds NOTE Cx is the capacitance of the DUT in farads Vbias is the external bias voltage in volts Imax is the maximum current from the external supply usually 0 2 amperes Rstd is 102400 for range 1 6400 for range 2 400 for range 3 25 for range 4 see Table 3 7 on page 43 If the calculated delay is greater than the normal settling time 7 to 12 ms for I kHz mea surements
86. C Digibridge Sets the measure mode median value Results to display on the front panel m feme m vus Ve fo Ratio nominal value RLC value Ratio RLC value nominal value NOMValue VALNominal Bin on ratio nominal value RLC value NOMValue Bin on ratio RLC value nominal value VALNominal Sets function mode to measure or entry setting MEASure Measure Enter mode for setting configuration ENTer Sets the measurement range ms mme Sets the trigger delay time Real value in J lt numeric gt ms lt numeric gt Sets the integration time multiplying factor Real value multiplies Medium and Fast l lt numeric gt lt numeric gt integration times Sets the number of measurements to average of A lt numeric gt measurements lt numeric gt Sets the frequency used for measurement Real value in F lt numeric gt kHz lt numeric gt Sets the measurement signal voltage 1693 RLC Digi CONStant LEVel CURRent BIAS ROUTine NOMinal BLANking HIGH lt numeric gt Real value high limit in LOW lt numeric gt Real value low limit in BINSummary 78 bridge Parameters Constant Constant voltage on lt numeric gt Real Value in V lt numeric gt e Sets constant current constant current in value in Enables or disables DC bias Sets the measurement routine Normal routine highest speed Signa
87. DR display shows Q quality factor If QDRXBAng is negative DUT is capacitive if not DUT is inductive 17 1693 RLC Digibridge 8 To measure R and X ofa component R range 00001 Q to 99999 KQ X range 0001 Q to 9999 KQ A Press SHIFT R X B Place component in test fixture C Press START The RLCGZY display shows R series resistance and units ohms kohms the ODRXB Angle display shows X series reactance and units ohms kohms If QDRXBAngle is negative DUT is capacitive 9 To measure G and B of a component G range OOOO uS to 99999 S B range 0001 US to 9999 S A Press SHIFT G B B Place component in test fixture C Press START The RLCGZY display shows parallel conductance and units uS mS S the ODRXBAngle display shows B parallel susceptance and units uS mS S If QDRXBAngle is negative DUT is inductive 10 To measure Z and Angle of a component Z range 00001 ohms to 99999 kohms Angle range 0001 e to 180 A Press SHIFT Z ANG B Place component in test fixture C Press START The RLCGZY display shows Z impedance and units ohms kohms the ODRXBAngle display shows Angle and units degrees If ODRXBAngle is negative DUT is capacitive 11 To measure Y and Angle of a component Y range 00001 uS to 99999 S Angle range 0001 to 180 A Press SHIFT Y ANG B Place component in test fixture C Press START The RLCGZY display shows
88. E 488 2 1987 and SCPI 1999 standards are supported The following IEEE 488 functions are implemented AH Acceptor Handshake Listener SH1 Source Handshake Talker T5 Talker with normal and talk only modes for systems without a controller switch selectable on the rear panel L4 Listener SR1 Service Request to request service when measurement is complete and the instrument is not addressed to talk RL2 Remote Local no local lockout no return to local switch PPO No Parallel Poll DC1 Device Clear DTI Device Trigger to start measurement CO No controller functions E2 Electrical Interface 72 3 11 2 Configuration The Digibridge IEEE 488 2 interface board has two switches for setting operating configuration SW1 the Talk Listen Talk Only toggle switch and S2 the GPIB Address selection DIP switch 3 11 3 Talk Listen Talk Only Toggle Switch The SWI red toggle switch is used to select between the Talk Listen and the Talk Only operating modes If no controller or PC will be used to control the Digibridge via either the IEEE 488 or RS 232 inter faces then the SW1 toggle switch should be set to Talk Only For controlling the Digibridge externally via either interface the SW1 toggle switch should be set to Talk Listen Operation 3 11 4 GPIB Address DIP Switch The GPIB Address of the Digibridge is set by the SW2 DIP Switch The numeric value is set by setting the switch on or off for the c
89. EASURE with the FUNCTION key 6 To display the ratio in the left hand display area select VALUE with the DISPLAY key 41 1693 RLC Digibridge After measurement the right hand display will be QDR as usual however if the parameter selection is C R the units for R will NOT be indicated If the parameter selection is C R t he ratio display in the left hand display area is accompanied by a resistance value in the QDR display area without unit s indica tion Ifthe ambiguity in units ohms or kilohms must be resolved the following method is suggested The units can be determined for a typical DUT by tempo rarily disabling ratio display While ratio is disabled make measurements also with parameter select ion C D and observe the typical value of D Now you are prepared to measure a batch of similar capacitors with ratio display For any of them a temporary change of parameter selection from C R to C D and another measurement will provide a quick check on whether its loss is similar to the loss of the typical DUT If it is similar for similar value of C at the same frequency the R value is similar also However if its D is much higher the value of Rs 1s higher and Rp is lower in approximate proportion to D 3 4 Principal Test Conditions 3 4 1 Test Frequency Power up frequency is 1 kHz unless the keyboard has been locked with some other choice There are 504 available frequencies as detailed below If a frequency
90. ET 1417 P to 100uF accuracy 0 25 IET 1409 Y Three terminal 1uF accuracy Capacitor 10 0296 uncertainty within 0 03 including effects of aging since last calibration Decade 3 terminal 10 ohm to 1 Mohm accuracy 0 01 Heo Fixed 2 terminal 1 mH 0 1 Inductors 100 mH 0 1 1 H 0 1 10 H 0 1 Table 5 5 Equipment for accuracy verification Service and Maintenance 5 8 2 Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Ranges 1 3 N CAUTION N Be sure the line voltage switch rear panel is correctly set for your power line voltage Make the test setup and verify instrument perfor mance as follows 1 After the line voltage switch has been set to correspond to the input line voltage connect the power cord and switch POWER ON 2 Connectthe 1689 9602 extender cable with GR874 connectors as shown in section 3 2 13 on page 29 3 Connectthe high leads red and red white to one of the 874 Tee connectors Connect the low leads black and black white to the other 874 tee 4 Before measurement zero the Digibridge as follows In this process the Digibridge automatically measures stray parameters and retains the data which it uses to correct measurements so that results represent parameters of the DUT alone without for example test fixture or adaptor capacitance A Be sure that MEASURE RATE is SLOW and that the RANGE HELD indicator is NOT lit DO NOT have test voltage pro grammed to other t
91. Extender Cable with bnc to Banana Plug Adaptors To connect to DUT s that are multi terminal physi cally large or otherwise unsuited for remote test fixtures connect bnc to banana plug adaptors to the extender cable See Figure 3 12 This is particularly convenient for DUT s with binding posts This acces sory cable 1689 9602 as well as the Pomona 1894 and 4684 adaptors are available from IET Labs Also see 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads 1689 9602 iiij Figure 3 12 1689 9602 Extender Cable with bnc to banana plug adapters To use this cable with the adaptors proceed as follows 1 Connect 1689 9602 bnc cable to the 1693 Digibridge as specified in Table 3 1 on page 19 2 Connect the set of four bnc to banana plug adaptors to the free ends of the cables One of these adaptors has a pigtail for connect ing GUARD 3 Zero the Digibridge See Section 3 1 3 on page 14 4 Connect the banana plugs and GUARD if appropriate to the DUT N CAUTION N Avoid contact between the shells of bnc connectors Otherwise measurements at high test frequencies may have errors that result from the changing mutual inductances between cable shields Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 2 6 The Effects of Cable and Fixture Capacitances It is important to use very low capacitance shielded wire for cables not only for accuracy but also to minimize resonance effects in the measurement of large inductance a
92. GPIB CONFigure Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB CONFigure ENABle DISable Description Enable or disable the GPIB interface The GPIB in terface can be disabled to prevent interference with or slowing down of measurements if using another interface such as the RS 232 serial interface for communicating with the Digibridge instrument 86 Parameter Value Description Cid ENABle Enable GPIB interface DISable Disable GPIB interface if using RS 232 Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONFigure Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONFigure ENABle DISable Description Enable or disable the RS 232 serial interface The RS 232 serial interface can be disabled to prevent interference with or slowing down of measure ments if using another interface for communicating with the Digibridge instrument Parameter Vaue Description ENABle Enable RS 232 serial interface DISable Disable RS 232 serial interface Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none SYSTem COMMunicate SERial BAUDrate Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERial BAUDrate 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Description Set the RS 232 serial interface baud rate Operation Parameter Value Description Cs wm foso 38400 38400 BAUD 5 600 5 600 BAUD 115200 115200 BAUD Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key no
93. IF IBSTA lt 0 THEN GOTO 120 140 CALL IBGTS GPIB006 76 150 CALL IBFIND DIGI DIGI 160 CLS 170 C SPACES 20 D SPACES 20 180 SET P2X6GO0 190 CALL IBWRT DIGI SETS 2k eR ok e e k e kk e EEK ELAR A SURE AND DISPI AY DATA k ok ck k k k k k e e e be bridge setup string send string to bridge 200 CALL IBRD DIGI C CALL IBRD DIGI D 210 PRINT C D 220 CALL IBLOC DIGI 230 END Ok read measurement results display results CALL IBGTS GPIB0 VW return to local control Operation 3 13 Self checks and Failure Displays Error codes 3 13 1 Power up Self Check Every time the instrument 1s switched ON or the line voltage reappears after an interruption the Digibridge keeps itself busy for a short time going through an automatic self check routine The RLC and QDR displays indicate in code which check is being per formed It is possible to halt the diagnostic routine and hold the displayed code by pressing and holding the SHIFT key or other key Normally these displays follow one another rapidly However if one of them persists there has been a failure in the self check The nature of the failure and the proper remedy for each are indicated below Normal operation is inhibited in each of these cases NOTE Operation can usually be enabled in spite of failure messages other than 88888 or 33333 by pressing START button This action is useful to enable measur
94. IF T SPECIAL 2 3 5 9 Bin numbers only 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 QDR results only 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 QDR and bin numbers 3 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 2 Output via IEEE RLC results only 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 488 Bus RLS and bin numbers 5 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 RLC and QDR results 6 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 RLS QDR and bin numbers full data 7 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 No data on PASS Full data on FAIL 8 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 BIN No on PASS full data on FAIL 9 SHIFT SPECIAL 2 Normal 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Signal reversing useful when test frequency coincides with power frequency 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Shorting in measurement circuit useful when measuring biased capacitors 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Both reversing and shorting 3 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Quick acquisition meas routine MED and FAST only useful at low frequencies 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Quick acquisition and shorting MED and FAST only useful at low frequencies 5 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 4 Delay Milliseconds of delay after start before data is qcquired d msec d SHIFT SPECIAL 4 5 Integration Time Multiplies integration time by factor f 0 25 to 6 normally 1 Reducing f decreases f SHIFT SPECIAL 5 3 5 5 Factor accuracy and reduced measurement time Increasing f does the converse Normal displays 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 3 6 6 Ratio Displays Ratio Displayed RLC only nominal meas value 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 meas value nominal 2
95. IN NO 0 1 B 1 O 7o SHIFT BIN NO O 2 C 2 I0 7e SHIFT BIN NO 0 5 4 No action is required range is correct 5 Enter the nominal value A Calculate 200 000 pF 200 1000 B Press 1 0 O O SHIFT NOM VAL 6 Enable the ratio mode measurement nomi nal by pressing 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 7 Select MEASURE function and make mea surements as usual If you enable VALUE display the ratio shown can be interpreted as value in mF and the measured D is also displayed If you enable BIN NO display the bin number only will be shown Example 2 To sort mQ resistors in bins of 1 5 and 10 Displays to be ratios that can be interpreted as Rs values in mQ with better resolution than dis plays in ohms and Q NOTE Ifthe display resolution were not important normal binning procedures would be sufficient ratio measurement is not necessary for this binning 1 Select units appropriate for the component A Select SERIES equivalent circuit and ENTER function B Press R Q C Hold range 1 by pressing I SHIFT SPECIAL 1 2 Set up nominal ratio to look like 1 mQ by pressing 1 2 SHIFT NOM VAL 3 Setup symmetrical bins as stated above A 1 SHIFT BIN NO 0 1 B 5 SHIFT BIN NO 0 2 C I 0 SHIFT BIN NOJ 0 3 Operation 4 Change from largest value ran e to smallest value range by pressing 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 5 Enter the nominal
96. N RE RM 31 Measurement Parameters Result Displays and Outputs b et e een 33 3 3 1 Parameters R Q L Q COICO RX Gy BZ ANG YANG Nr D 33 3 9 2 Equivalent Circuits eriess Parallels ect RH arn Hem Sette oes 34 3 9 9 Results Display eu sues eet t neice Uu ed audiui uA Cem EM dU ewes 37 3 3 4 Units Multipliers and Blank Displays ano ed Rd petto OR ti a des 39 23 5 DOANG MPPM nido htec is eoa eL LE DNE i indt 40 3 3 6 Ratio Displays Virtual Range Extensions and Conductance Measurements 41 Prime pal Test ONG OMS d eorotoesompa t rein vo ptr n HR EM catamaran Napier m MUR 42 SL TEU a utes te boa dude etel aibdtolivuase tcseds durada teat nate Aes ed otis 42 So Ses WOldbe oret E A aM opc ee M coe E nef ed 43 54 3 Constant VOltdPe OU CO o eid ao M Nested utei tu E 44 2 4 4 Constant C rrent SOULCE oer a E A 44 Ss Other COBOITIODS se duin sets hal cine Deis eia iet fete bU b Le ol tah hates ites iot 4q Table of Contents 1693 RLC Digibridge 35 Measurement Timme and Measuscment RANES asied annA aE Eaa 45 Ial SIC Bl aa E E As the wees aes 45 354 Measure Rate Selection tl KevDOaEQ uiu ot tate t a agua 45 3 5 3 Settling Time or Programmed Delay in Triggered Measure Mode 46 3 5 4 Measure Mode and Display Selection Effects on Measurement Time 46 35 Integration Iime Factor a Special P tictlon iei Mes nei tris tod talo usted testas 46 3 545 Ranses
97. NEWARE Figure 4 4 Sine wave generator 108 Theory 4 2 4 The Dual Slope Integrating Detector and Converter Circuitry Refer back to Figure 4 1 on page 106 and note that the phase sensitive detector converter circuit consists of a multiplier whose dc output is measured by a dual slope converter providing the measurement in digital form The multiplier is a multiplying D A converter whose reference input is the test signal and whose digital controls are signals representing a stepwise approximation of a reference sine wave at the test frequency The dc value of the multiplier out put is proportional to the product of signal magnitude multiplied by the cosine of the phase angle between the test signal and the reference sine wave The dual slope converter includes these three stages dual slope integrator comparator and counter all controlled by the microprocessor through PIAs In the dual slope integrator a capacitor is charged for a controlled integration time interval sampling at a rate proportional to the multiplier output voltage This capacitor is then discharged at a fixed rate the deintegration slope to zero voltage a condition that is sensed by a comparator See signal name CMP L on the block diagram Thus the integrator and com parator transform the sampled dc output from the multiplier into a precise interval of time The dual slope measurement counter is gated by this time interval thus
98. ONN O O a NA A aS Z La yNCCOSSOLIOS i a gender nda dte een dune oe 6 VAST Supplied accessories cades uud os OI Une idee Quse EA 6 1 242 ABU Ona ANC CESS OIC Staten cae mno US toS o a mE I EE ELA 6 Chapter 2 Installation 2d Winpackiie sand Inspec won visgttetteiSe ost e a d iet d e iste dua eed iia ie iat edited edet 8 2 2 MVIMACMSIONS a d iecore indo diesel Ee oe E toda E E 8 2 5 Fow LAME C OMe CUO I ceti e a a a T 8 24 PACs VOMAGC Reuto M osse ttes a nite ullus DRE Une p ui en es 8 2 9 est li Ut C OMe c LODS 4 baited cer tied Seats neccaseeanteatenanionsaidosanreeaitasie ae Hia D aoncan ama anateeces 9 220 BaS Voce or MeD U LATER NM cM em 9 ZA OS aterial Bid Ss mc 9 202 Eemal BIds essei dita cule afecte ihi iem saa a needs auntie uated 9 2 1 BEES S MCRL AC S ueuncisibn stra oru m Dou T mu hos ique eder RI 10 dL 3DOSCEIDIION A ee eee ae ne E cron uM EE DIM tA ced SR IE 10 Dae SS IpiTal THeD Heat OTT ocn castes caer He amatis abite tam n Om pute euo 10 2 7 9 COMES and add CSS OS ashes etit e nomi Cose opel E cate on dee boss 10 De IEBUIDOMUIOB E satel hat sca a etanercept tesco tate E E OR TOE ater acum EE edades 12 2 0 RRE a VIOUbb UNO I a E E ane See oe eto ee oe DIM LI e oan eee a 12 Table of Contents lil 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 3 Operation 24 3 2 3 3 3 4 Base O15 621810 ee i a e Meee n ue oto de 13 IIE VENT TU E T E 13 FE riii x I 13 dub ZZEDOID e sess
99. ONTINUOUS mode disregard displays during this interval This delay is associated with enabling the internal bias it applies to each DUT only if internal bias is disabled for each change of DUT 4 Observe correct polarity when inserting DUT into test fixture Bias POSITIVE polarity is at the LEFT low terminals of the remote test fixture 1689 9600 Bias NEGATIVE polarity is at the RIGHT 3 For each DUT in the CONTINUOUS mea sure mode disregard the first displayed result and read the second Notice enough of the subsequent results to verify that the DUT has stabilized Use the stable result In the TRIGGERED measure mode each measurement cycle includes the normal settling time 7 to 12 ms for 1 kHz mea surements or a programmed delay See paragraph 3 5 3 Remeasure enough DUTs to be sure that they are stabilized in the first measurement so that any subsequent differ ences are well within the error permitted by your needs If not program in a longer delay 59 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE There are two effects to be aware of in watch ing for stabilization of the DUT voltage and capaci tance Besides charging to a final voltage there is also the stabilization of capacitance value itself For example some aluminum electrolytic capacitors re spond slowly to a change in applied voltage therefore the DUT capacitance can be settling long after the voltage is essentially stable Normally t
100. OR LINE VOLTAGES Dangerous voltages may be present inside this instrument Do not open the case Refer servicing to qualified personnel HIGH VOLTAGES MAY BE PRESENT AT THE TERMINALS OF THIS INSTRUMENT WHENEVER HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES gt 45 V ARE USED TAKE ALL MEASURES TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH ANY LIVE COMPONENTS USE MAXIMUM INSULATION AND MINIMIZE THE USE OF BARE CONDUCTORS WHEN USING THIS INSTRUMENT Use extreme caution when working with bare conductors or bus bars WHEN WORKING WITH HIGH VOLTAGES POST WARNING SIGNS AND KEEP UNREQUIRED PERSONNEL SAFELY AWAY N CAUTION AN DO NOT APPLY ANY VOLTAGES OR CURRENTS TO THE TERMINALS OF THIS INSTRUMENT IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM LIMITS INDICATED ON THE FRONT PANEL OR THE OPERATING GUIDE LABEL 1693 RLC Digibridge Table of Contents Safety Information General Safety AMI Orta ON dus osi seit come SD ok eels s tie iusta pe DEN Loupe ti tet an Ai xi Abbreviated Specifications gs xiii JODDHCAHOS cosctetur tissu pm Iu UD Renee orale tat UIS eae eae Neate aie xiii DDOCBICOHOPBS cssc Ne eo CRN en a ALIE I A xiii Condensed operating Instructions aisee R E Uv ud a a a XX Chapter 1 Introduction LI SPUFDOSELotsiddetetesiimel turse non a A O A AR l 1 2 gt General Des Crip O enca a anes ete 2 P21 W693 REC DIPIBEHUOSC ver VIC Wut asset ea At a Deeds 2 1 2 2 ISCTETEll OS catis onec diserta tuoract bt om edt utaps ta Dd Aer dde sect uie a aoi btc Ed 2 E gt Controls mdc md C
101. PM Keys For D Q or ANG values less than 0100 selecting DQ in PPM improves the resolution by a factor of 100 For example if the displayed D values of two capacitors are both 0 0001 changing to DQ in PPM might distinguish them by providing a reading of 138 ppm for one and 87 ppm for the other Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge The DQ in PPM selection applies to the Q D or ANG result only and is effective for all selections of the DISPLAY key except BIN NO and for all parameter selections except C R R X and G B When this selection is in effect the DQ INPPM in dicator is lit the display is always parts per million without decimal point if the display is blank the D or Q value is greater than 9999 ppm to obtain the value cancel DQ in PPM To cancel this selection use the same keystrokes again SHIFT DQ in PPM 3 3 3 3 Go No Go Indicators If comparison is enabled by a non zero entry for nominal value and limits in at least one bin a GO or NO GO indication is provided on the keyboard for every measurement GO means the measurement falls in bin 1 through 13 NO GO means bin 0 or 14 3 3 4 Units Multipliers and Blank Displays Units of R L C G Z and Y are determined entirely by your selection of parameter Units multipliers are fixed by parameter range and frequency except that selection of delta o changes the RLC display to a percentage See Table 3 6 Units of D and Q are dimensio
102. Parameter Value Description NOMValue Display Ratio nominal value RLC value VALNominal Display Ratio RLC value nominal value Equivalent legacy command D4 D5 Equivalent key DISPLAY nominal value Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge CONFigure DISPLay BINRatio Syntax CONFigure DISPLay BINRatio NOM Value VALNominal Description Set Digibridge front panel to display measurement bin on ratio Parameter Value Description NOMValue Display Bin on ratio nominal value RLC value VALNominal Display Bin on ratio RLC value nominal value Equivalent legacy command D6 D7 Equivalent key DISPLAY nominal value CONFigure FUNCtion Syntax CONFigure FUNCtion MEASure ENTer Description Set function mode to measurement or setting entry This command affects user keyboard entry Parameter MEASure Set function to Measure Set function to Enter enable setting configuration Equivalent legacy command PO P1 Equivalent key MEASURE key current state indicated by MEASURE and ENTER LEDs CONFigure RANGe Syntax CONFigure RANGe HOLD 1 2 3 4 AUTo Description Set the measurement range 81 1693 RLC Digibridge Value Description s_ s_ _ Equivalent legacy command RO R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 Equivalent key 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 CONFigure DELay Syntax CONFigure DELay numeric Description Set
103. Q indicator will light Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 9 3 Recalibration for Range 4 1 Connect the 24 9 ohm calibration resistor to the Digibridge test fixture 2 Enter the known parameters of the calibration resistor as in the following example based on the values R 24 895 ohms and Q 15 ppm NOTES The Digibridge will accept six digits for R even though only five will be displayed The Q is associated with b in 00 and its value must be preceded with if the known Q is negative A Select ENTER with FUNCTION key and CONTINUOUS with MEASURE MODE key B Press 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 C Press 2 4 8 9 5 SHIFT NOM VALUE NOTE The calibration resistance value should appear in the left display The DQ in PPM indicator must be lit D Press 1 5 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 NOTE The calibration Q value should appear in the right hand display 3 Enable and execute the recalibration for this range as follows The following keystrokes are the same for any range A Select MEASURE with the FUNCTION key and TRIGGERED with MEASURE MODE key B Press 1 6 9 3 1 SHIFT CALIBRATE NOTE The GO indicator being lit and a 6 in the left and a 6 in the right displays confirm that calibration is enabled C Press START The GO indicator remains unlit while calibration proceeds Keeping hands away from the test fixture wait until the GO indicator 1s lit again This
104. Q to 0 00010 Q to 9999 9 GO T l 0 00001 mH to 0 00010 nH to 9999 9 MH DIU RLCGZY 0 02 99999 H Basic QD 40 0002 0 0001 in PPM mode 0 00001 pF to 0 00010 aF to 9999 9 F Basic RXB 0 02 99999 uF Q 40 019 C 00001 S t 00010 pS to 9999 9 M UA G and Y DEA Hone SES E MUS See accuracy formulas below for actual accuracy based GOOOTOTS EXEUNT upon instrument configuration and DUT R with C 9999 kO oe Limit of error accuracy X with R E is The specified limit of error is given below for 0 0001 uS to a eee all conditions except constant voltage for this 9999 S condition add 2 inside the brackets Rx Cx Lx etc D with C 0 0001 to 9999 1 to 9999 ppm are the measured values f is the frequency in kHz Q with R or L 0 0001 to 9999 1 to 9999 ppm The range constants Rmax Lmax Cmin Gmin etc 0 0001 to 180 1 to 999 microdegrees are given in Table D The constants Ks and Kfv Table C Impedance ranges are given in Tables 0 and D Note that for SLOW measurements at IkHz and 1 V with non constant voltage these K constants are all zero and that f 1 Accuracy of primary parameters left readout R Y 0 01 0 0196 1 0 01 1 Z 0 0196 1 0 01 1 0 01 1 fLx ax ei 3o0ms 7 Toms 1 Q 1 Ks Kfv 0 01 500uH fLx 1 5 1 Ks kf 0 01 Cmin 1 4 D 14 Ks Kfv 0 0
105. R Standard Event Status Register Reads the instrument identification information Sets the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Reads the OPC bit i Resets buffers Sets the Service lt numeric gt Request Enable Register Reads the Service Request Enable Register Reads the Status Byte Register Waits until all commands have completed Table 3 19 IEEE 488 SCPI commands Notes Parameters in bold are default power on or SYSTem RESet P2 settings Commands in italic are available only on the Digibridge 1693 model 79 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 11 10 IEEE 488 2 SCPI Digibridge Command Reference Note Parameters in italic are available only on the Digibridge 1693 9700 model CONFigure PARameter Syntax CONFigure PARameter LQ CDICR RQ LQPPm CDPPm CRPPm RQPPm AUTo RX GBIZANG YANG ZAPPm YAPPm Description Sets the measured parameter Parameter Value Description Inductance war 65 enean to POR Gweieme OR a Resistance RQ Inductance L Q ppm Capacitance C D ppm Capacitance C R ppm Resistance R Q ppm Equivalent legacy command MO M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 Equivalent key select appropriate parameter key s CONFigure CIRCuit Syntax CONFigure CIRCuit PARallel SERies Description Sets the measurement equivalent circuit 80 Parameter Value BDescripion
106. S 232 Serial Interface Currently Not Implemented o e eerta 73 JIES Tnstr ment Program OPidtigsu soe ot cae a E n ea aep a i 74 311 8 Legacy Dicibridge TEEE 488 C ommands od o abt RO Pede dedit tates 75 3 11 9 IEEE 488 2 SCPI Digibridge Command Summary esses 77 3 11 10 IEEE 488 2 SCPI Digibridge Command RO eretce nete e a dte s eden 80 SLEI sj 04 Coo eg OYA 02000 ae eet one oe cE Co 9 3112 3palk Oniy Use Tor DabiOutpub uoo eio e SO b asta Ia ot t via a up REP MEM 9 3 11 13 Talk Listen Use for Remote Programming and Data Transfers usssse 94 3 11 14 Data Output in Compacted Binary Portal e n cone d E D ENERO ter ER eh rfi 3412 Sample IEEE Programs o e isset testet otio Pit Ee oi osea Eod ges tuber belt aN 100 Su E 2PEOSTOUUDSTS EIL S toe atse tpe tee eR TRO E usted ete tareneats 100 3 12 2 National Instruments GPIB PCI Card With the PC iiieae eitis ea tiit rt het 100 3 13 cSeltschecks and Failure Displays Error codes iuo uoo pet e Rte oe don DOE VU EC exes 101 ENEMIES ertet DeC ERREUR NEM 101 3 13 2 Failure Display due to Signal Overload ou RR E ib Rn Ron E md 102 3 13 3 Failure Display due to Abnormal Measurement Cycle ee teer tuners 102 aloe Failure Display dueto LE ResOnanCeiins eras areata as eel 102 Chapter 4 Theory Zl WU O GUCCI Ai aries cider Ho oni ocn ub e a cti stit eer dede uito scula ieee cares sensual aac iueeh 104 kld Genetaleden TID S m TT 104 2 1 2
107. SHIFT SPECIAL 6 3 7 Man auto Manual selection of parameter 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 7 3 3 3 Special Measurement Routines 3 1 Parameter Section Automatic selection of parameter R Q L Q or C D default 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 7 Reset Reset 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 7 6 4 4 1 Normal no median found 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 8 Median Result Display is median of 3 meas 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 Displays the software version SHIFT SPECIAL 9 os 10 Frequency Displays the correction c SHIFT SPECIAL 0 Correction 11 IEEE Address Display the LISTEN address of the IEEE interface SHIFT SPECIAL Son Table 3 16 Special Functions Operation 71 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 11 Data Output and Programming via IEEE 488 and RS 232 Interface 3 11 1 Overview The optional Digibridge IEEE 488 2 interface board provides IEEE 488 2 GPIB and RS 232 Serial inter faces to the Digibridge 1689 1693 series instruments via 24 pin GPIB and 9 pin male serial connectors The interface can be used to connect directly to a controller or to a bus comprising of multiple instruments and a controller All instruments on the IEEE 488 2 bus must meet the IEEE Standard 488 2 1987 Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation The IEEE 488 interface board supports the IEEE 488 2 and SCPI interface standard and communica tion protocol The physical electrical signal and protocol standards of the IEEE 488 1 1987 IEE
108. Y admittance and units uS mS S the ODRXBAngle display shows Angle and units degrees If ODRXBAngle is negative DUT is inductive NOTE This procedure is basic there are many alter natives described later You can select and program for other equivalent circuits types of results displayed test conditions measurement rate and bin sorting etc 18 3 2 Connecting the DUT 3 2 1 Overview AN DANGER N Charged capacitors can be dangerous even lethal Never handle their terminals if they have been charged to more than 60 V Routine discharging procedures may not be perfectly dependable NOTE Clean the leads of the DUT ifthey are notice ably Dirty even though the test fixture contacts will usually bite through a film of wax to provide adequate connections 3 4 Connect the device under test DUT whose pa rameters are to be measured as outlined in the next sections 3 2 2 The 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture with 1689 9602 BNC Cable Connection of the DUT at a remote test fixture nor mally requires Remote Test Fixture 1689 9600 or equivalent fixture or cable BNC Cable Assembly 1689 9602 supplied with 1693 Digibridge BIA BIAS deb 1693 RLC DigiBridge eo Note The H connectors on the cable are deli
109. YVYY ANNANN kc oe ORIG a omy 1693 RLC Digibridge Remove the top and bottom covers This fuse is located in a socket on the main board and behind the power switch Unplug the fuse using needle nose pliers and replace 3 Install top and bottom covers NO mln TN CRE t TPS TPA all T 120 ee o Internal Fuse m E A TS iut i WW WWW eee Rh W WO WWW AART 19 Figure 5 11 Location of internal fuse Service and Maintenance 127 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 7 4 Power Supply and Regulator Board To verify that the power supply 700011 4 is work 5 V values 0 2 V ing properly confirm the following voltage outputs e Pin to Pin 2 See Figure 5 12 Pin 3 to Pin 5 Red to black wire 5 V 40 2 V Pin 8 to Pin 6 e Yellow to black wire 12 V 0 8 V Pin 10 to Pin 9 e Blue to black wire 12 V 40 6 V 8 V values 20 4 V Pin 4 to Pin 5 e Pin 7 to Pin 6 To verify that the regulator board 750023 1s work ing properly confirm the following voltage outputs See Figure 5 12 CAUTION To prevent damage to the unit avoid short circuiting the pins Regulator Board Test Points Power Supply Test Points Figure 5 12 Power Supply and Regulator Board Test Points For replacement Power Supply Assembly contact IET Labs 128 Service and Maintenance 5 7 5 Sinewave Generator Checks Check the MB board circuits that supply the test signals to the OUT as fo
110. a year as follows Use compressed air to blow away any dust on the surface as well as inside the fixture 2 Clean the contact surfaces and blades of the axial lead adaptors with isopropyl alcohol Rub with a cotton swab Q tip Remove any remaining alcohol with compressed air and remove any remaining cotton fibers with tweezers 5 6 2 Care of the Display Panel Use caution when cleaning the display window not to scratch it or to get cleaning substances into the instru ment Use a soft cloth a lint free wiper or absorbent cotton moistened with a mild glass cleaner such as plain Windex DO NOT use paper towels If it becomes necessary to place marks on the win dow use paper based masking tape NOT any kind of marking pen which could be abrasive or react chemi cally with the plastic To minimize retention of any gummy residue remove the tape within a few weeks Service and Maintenance 5 7 Trouble Analysis 5 7 1 Overview N CAUTION N Only well qualified personnel should attempt trouble analysis Be sure power is OFF during disassembly and setting up for tests Carefully observe the HANDLING PRECAUTIONS given at the beginning of Section 5 Resources Refer to Section 4 for a good understand ing of the theory of operation Section 4 provides block diagrams and discussion for the necessary background which can generally save time in trouble analysis Abnormal digital signal levels Most digital signa
111. able parts and contact points used in trouble analysis l Disconnect the power cord Optionally re move the bail from the front feet by bending it temporarily It is springy enough to resume its former shape 2 For access to the bottom of the main board without further disassembly remove the access panel from the bottom of the instru ment Note this panel is held by ten screws and covers a major part of the bottom area 3 Remove the four rubber or plastic feet one screw for each rear foot two screws for each front foot Notice that the front feet are not interchangeable 4 Slidethe instrument forward or cover to the rear until they are separated Reassembly note slide the cover on until the rear feet mounting holes in the cover are aligned with corresponding holes in the chassis Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge Y FUSE 250V 6 10A 5X20MM SLO BLO CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION CAUTION REPLACE FUSE IN BIAS CABLE ONLY WITHTHE SAME STYLE FUSE AND RATING 250 V 0 2 A x Figure 5 1 Screws holding the interface assembly on the rear panel 5 If there is an interface option remove it by the display connector board Behind the keyboard is removing the two large screws see Figure the keyboard mount a wide bracket with clearance 5 1 and sliding the interface assembly out holes for cables If the panel held by these screws is blank leave it in place Reassembly note align the
112. agraph 3 7 notice that the faces of the Kelvin Clips are labeled and to indicate bias polarity NOTE It is important to be aware that if DC BIAS is used that it 1s a negative voltage and that it is ap plied to the IH lead from the instrument For this accessory an additional accuracy for param eters listed must be added to the standard instrument accuracy CG X 15pE R 10 mQ L 100 nH Q for R gt 100 Q 9 Freq R 10 ppm Q for R lt 100 Q R Freq 10 ppm Measurement accuracy is very sensitive to connection geometry The same connection geometry must be used for open short compensation as for connection to the device under test 23 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 2 9 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads To connect to DUT s that are multi terminal physi cally large or otherwise unsuited for remote test fixtures connect bnc to banana plug adaptors to the Digibridge This is particularly convenient for DUT s with binding posts when the alligator clips are removed Figure 3 15 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads To use this cable connect 7000 04 cable to the 1693 Digibridge as specified in Table 3 3 CLIP e Description 7000 04 Cable Polarit ee pre Table 3 3 Digibridge to 7000 04 cable connections Connect the alligator clips if desired and zero the Digibridge as instructed in Section 3 1 3 on page 14 24 When connecting alligator clips to wire or other de vices use
113. al function 1s recommended when you measure very large values which otherwise cannot be displayed or very small values for which ratio display can provide greatly improved resolution See paragraph 3 3 6 55 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 6 6 Accuracy Enhancement by Special Attention to Short Circuit Inductance The ratio display paragraph 3 3 6 enables very high resolution measurements of low inductance and high capacitance even beyond the limits of normal RLC displays If such measurements are planned especially if the test frequency is high the inductance of the short circuit used in the normal zeroing pro cedure should be considered The short circuit provided by a wire inserted into the Digibridge test fixture paragraph 3 1 3 has an effective inductance in series with its very low resis tance This inductance typically has a magnitude of several nanohenries To enhance accuracy of mea surements in which a few nanohenries of inductance are significant use a properly chosen shape size and orientation of wire for the short circuit For greatest accuracy particularly for axial lead DUTs also cor rect the measured value by suitable calculation Accuracy Enhancement Procedures Three methods are described See Figure 3 32 If measurements are to be made without any adap tors radial lead DUT use a piece of no 18 AWG wire 2 2 cm long 7 8 in bent into a hair pin shape as shown in A Press this wi
114. als at 32 f 16 f 2f f This set of signals is used to address a read only memory which contains a 64 step approximation to a sine function The RO 1 output as an 8 bit binary number is converted by a D A converter to a stepped approximation of a sine wave which is then smoothed by filtering before its use in the measurement of a DUT The filter is switched ap propriately according to the selected test frequency Source of the Reference Sine Wave for the Multiplying Detector Another sine function ROM 1s addressed by the same digital signals 64 f through f to produce another stepped approximation of a sine wave at 0 degrees Suitable inversions of signals 2f and or f serve to shift the phase of the output sine wave under microprocessor control by 90 180 or 270 degrees Figure 4 4 shows how given square waves at fre quencies of 64 f 32 f 16 t 8 f 4 f 2 f and I a ROM containing the mathematical sine function drives a D A converter to form a finely stepped approxima tion to a sine wave at frequency f The filter provides smoothing of the test signal 107 1693 RLC Digibridge 47 KZ e zy e KR I Rg 60038 0 Figure 4 2 Elementary Measurement Circuit p PROCESSOR FREQUENCY SAMPLING PROGRAMMING SYNCRONIZATION SINEWAVE GENERATOR CRYSTAL TIME BASE FREQUENCY DIVIDERS pPROCESSOR CLOCK 60099 0 Figure 4 3 Frequency and timing source STEP APPROXIMATION TO PURE SI
115. alue and averaging are enabled together the measurement time is multiplied by al most three times the number specified when averaging was programmed The Digibridge finds the medians of groups of three measurements and then calculates the average of the medians 49 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 5 9 Time Required if IEEE 488 Output is Enabled If data output is enabled via IEEE 488 bus additional time about 2 ms to 12 ms is required per measure ment This time requirement depends on the selected display and what data is being sent out approximately as follows Refer to explanation of operation with the IEEE 488 interface paragraph 3 12 Regular Output Data Format CBF BIN ote RLC BIN BIN eme t ete oo SIN NC MICHI BIN NO 10 10 10 2ms cepere pes qo en Compacted Binary Format If the compacted binary format is selected data output requires less than 2 ms 3 5 10 Effect of Selecting a Low Test Frequency on Measurement Time Selection of a test frequency near or below 0 1 kHz affects measurement time in two ways both settling time and data acquisition time depend on the period of the test signal Selection of test frequency near and above 1 kHz has little effect on measurement time particularly if the integration time factor is left at default or set to a larger value 50 In general measurement time includes the following two terms which are additive Note f is equal to the
116. and Range Battle soa rei HEREDI RENE a a EM mesi Ua 47 BER MEE Cs el ONIN RETE TP 48 3 5 8 Time Required for Obtaining Median Values and Averaging ueueeeeesss 49 3 5 9 Time Required if IEEE 488 Output is Bhabled rir rnb ein teet ee ere 50 3 5 10 Effect of Selecting a Low Test Frequency on Measurement Time ssss 50 Sol Measurement Lime DUITITHATY o oed aen Ua Rr vas teeta ern Da eee eee eee SI 305 Accuracy Lhe Lim tS oL EMOS onenera eari N A c et 52 JOT EIC E a Das Gato A 32 3 6 2 Accuracy for Some Typical COHIDIONS c de tM FRP rar eee tendra bas cx e M EAE PERDERE ERE 53 30 3 Averaginecto IMpro VE A COUR ACY ueste oe toti a tetuleet vata e a derat a 54 364 Selection of Median Value for Better JNCGUEJCY ae ueteri n enia itu NES DRE 29 3 6 5 Accuracy Enhancement for Large or Small Impedances at Particular Frequencies 59 3 6 6 Accuracy Enhancement by Special Attention to Short Circuit Inductance 56 3 6 7 Cable Related Errors and How to Correct for DIET ede qi tana dod hdc ta eno a7 3 6 8 Use of Signal Reversing Special Function for Tests at Power Frequencies 58 3 6 9 Accuracy When Holding a Non Optimum Rane iis ere E ect e o REY Re Eneas 59 SACS Cere EDU wore CER CLE 59 2l Taena LB be NEUE LEER 59 SS Moy esi Nols arte tenet irectir na lae Acatanl peace U m 60 3 723 OSUDDICSSIOBPOT TEdOSTEBIS o coded ttt eat ae ee LA E EE 62 3 8 Bie Sortin
117. ange of the failed test 5555 5 0000 Confirming symptoms If you press START repeatedly until the instrument completes its self check the BIAS ON indicator will be lit even though the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is OFF no bias is applied and INT BIAS has not been selected The fault is probably in the 6 wire connection between keyboard and main board Check to be sure that the cable connector properly engages all 6 pins at the keyboard 555 5 XXXX Low voltage 75 mVrms range 4 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 5554 XXXX High voltage 1 275 V range 4 555 3 XXXX High voltage 1 275 V range 3 555 2 XXXX High voltage 1 275 V range 2 555 1 XXXX High voltage 1 275 V range 1 125 1693 RLC Digibridge 444 E XXXX Test frequency and waveform check failure the Digibridge will loop automatically re peating the test and updating the display The digit E indicates the frequency used in the test See below High voltage test signal is used on range 4 COMMENT Measurement summing of squares and normalization are exactly as described for 555 D XXXX Also the failure limits for XXXX are the same 0 250 and 1 00 except for tests 1 and 2 which have the limits 0 125 and 1 000 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE Check for the generation of the proper frequency indicated in code by failure display see below 444 6 XXXX 0118 kHz 444 5 XXXX 0968 kHz 444 4 XX XX 0 480 kHz
118. arate collection facilities Contact your local government for information regarding the collection systems available If electrical appliances are disposed of in landfills or dumps hazardous substances can leak into the groundwater and get into the food chain damaging your health and well being When replacing old appliances with new one the retailer is legally obligated to take back your old appliances for disposal xi 1693 RLC Digibridge Safety Symbols The product is marked with the following safety symbols Safety Symbols The WARNING sign denotes a hazard to the user It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or followed could result in personal injury Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard to the equipment It calls attention to procedures practices and conditions which if not observed could result in damage to the equipment or invalidating a procedure and or test results Alternating Current Direct Current On Power Supply Off Power Supply Protective grounding terminal Protects against electrical shock in case of a fault This symbol indicates the terminal must be connected to the ground wire before operating the equipment Material Contents Declaration A regulatory requirement of The United States of America defined by specification SJ T 11364 2006
119. are blanked out Negative RLC If the RLC is negative with an L or C value displayed the DUT reactance is opposite to the selected parameter Generally you should change parameter usually select L instead of C or vice versa so that a positive L or C value display can be obtained See paragraph 3 3 1 DELTA PERCENT Displays Selected by the DISPLAY Key This presents the principal measure ment RLC in terms of a percent difference above or below the nominal value last entered 1 e a previously stored reference Use this procedure 1 Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key Select appropriate parameter and units with EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT and R Q L Q C D C R or SHIFT R X G B Z ANG Y ANG key Pressing the button multiple times changes unit multipliers 3 Enter the reference for delta percent by pressing N SHIFT NOM VALVEI in which N represents 1 to 6 numerical keys and optionally the decimal point key depressed in sequence Confirmation is shown up to 5 digits on the RLC display 4 MEASURE with the FUNCTION key and delta with the DISPLAY key 38 Observe that the RLC display will now be in percent not an electrical measurement unit It 1s the difference of the measured principal value from the nominal value the stored reference expressed as a percent of the nominal value The secondary measurement result appears in the QDR display area just as it would if the principal
120. ated Specifications xxi 1693 RLC Digibridge This page is intentionally left blank xxii Abbreviated Specifications 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Purpose The 1693 RLC Digibridge is a microprocessor controlled automatic programmable RLC measuring instrument that provides high accuracy convenience speed and reliability at low cost Limit comparison binning and internal bias are provided both test fre quency and voltage are selectable With an interface option the Digibridge tester can communicate with other equipment via IEEE 488 bus and respond to remote control The versatile adaptable test fixture lighted keyboard and informative display panel makes the Digibridge tester convenient to use Measurement results are clearly shown with decimal points and units which are automatically presented to assure correctness Display resolution is 5 full digits for R L C G Z and Y 4 full digits for D Q R X B and ANG Notice that R 1s also known as ESR equivalent series resistance The basic accuracy is 0 02 Long term accuracy and reliability are assured by the measurement system which makes these accurate analog measurements over many decades of impedance without any critical internal adjustments Calibration to account for any change of test fixture parameters is semiautomatic the operator needs to provide only open circuit and short circuit conditions in the procedure The Digi
121. ave generator drives current Ix through the DDT Zx and standard resistor Rs in series Two dif ferential amplifiers with the same gain K produce voltages el and e2 Simple algebra some of which is shown in the figure leads to the expression for the unknown impedance Zx Rs e 1 e 2 Notice that this ratio is complex Two values such as C and D or L and Q are automatically calculated by the microprocessor from Zx frequency and other information 4 2 2 Frequency and Time Source A necessary standard for accuracy is the frequency of the test signal and equally important are the gen eration of multi phase references for detection and clocks for the microprocessor Frequency and timing requirements are implemented by derivation from a single very accurate oscillator operating at 38 4 MHz Digital dividers and logic circuitry provide the many clocks and triggers as well as driving the sine wave generator described below Figure 4 3 shows several clocks and synchronizing pulses as well as the measurement signal f are derived from the accurate time base signal Theory 1693 RLC Digibridge 4 2 3 Sine Wave Generation Source of the Test Signal Starting with a digital signal at 64 times the selected test frequency the sine wave generator provides the test signal that drives a small but essential current through the DUT The sine wave is generated as follows Binary dividers count down from 64 I providing sig n
122. ave its own address except in the simple case of a single talker only with one or more listeners that are always listening The initial setting of address provided by the factory in the interface option of this Digibridge 1s 00011 If the requirements of a system installation make it necessary to change the Digibridge address use the following procedure Refer to paragraph 2 8 4 for further comments and a table of possible addresses 1 Remove the interface option after removing the 2 large screws with resilient washers in the rear panel See Figure 5 15 N CAUTION N Observe the handling precautions given at the beginning of the Service Section AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE FUSE AND RATING TALK LISTEN TALK ONLY PN CAUTION REPLACE FUSE IN BIAS CABLE ONLY WITH THE SAME STYLE FUSE AND RATING 250 V 0 2 A Find S2 which is located at the end of the interface option board about 3 cm 1 in from the TALK switch S1 If S2 is covered lift the cover off exposing the DIP switch which has 2 rows of 6 tiny square pads with numbers thru 6 between the rows The five device dependent bits of the address are set by this switch Set in the desired bits as follows To enter logical 1 s depress pads nearest the end of the board To enter logical D s depress pads on the other side of the DIP switch the side marked with a sign The address is read from 5 to not using 6 Thus
123. ay up to 99999 ms and averaging 2 to 255 mea surements etc The instrument normally autoranges to find the cor rect range but operation can be restricted to any of the four ranges 1 2 3 4 under keyboard control Each range is 4 octaves wide 16 1 with reduced accuracy extensions both above and below Leading zeroes before the decimal point are blanked out of the RLC and QDR displays 4 1 3 Block Diagram The block diagram shows the microprocessor in the upper center connected by data and address buses to digital circuitry including memories RAM and ROM and peripheral interface adaptors PIAs Analog circuitry is shown in the lower part of the diagram where Zx is supplied with a test signal at frequency f from a sine wave generator driven by a crystal controlled digital frequency divider circuit The P I signal selector and instrumentation amplifier supply an analog signal that represents 2 impedances alternately the appropriate internal resistance stan dard Rs and the DUT Zx The phase sensitive dual slope detector and mea surement counters convert this analog signal into digital form See circuit descriptions below From this information and criteria selected by the keyboard or remote control the microprocessor calculates the RLC and QDR values for display averaging bin assignments etc 105 bridge igi 1693 RLC D ADDRESS DECODER ROM MICROPROCESSOR U35 q
124. banana plugs will be measured as part of the overall measurement unless open compensation is performed to eliminate this additional capacitance Match spacing of DUT terminals Drive Drive Drive Drive Sense Sense Sense T f Open Short Connection Connection Sense Figure 3 1 Open and short measurements with banana plugs Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 1700 03 Kelvin Cables Open and short should be performed as shown in Figure 3 2 below when using Kelvin cables When performing an open jaws of clips must be closed During short it is important to match drives and sense exactly as shown CN O Drive u u P Drive e 98 A ch Open Connection Drive Drive Senge a P E _ n s Short Connection Figure 3 2 Open and short measurements with Kelvin cables 1689 9602 and 1689 9602 2 bnc to bnc Cables Pomona 6700 with bnc T Open and short should be performed as shown in Open Connection Figure 3 3 below when using bnc to bnc cables with bnc T connectors During short connection two Pomona 3283 bnc F F adapters are used to connect I potential together and drives together Geometry If 1s important to maintain the spacing between the leads during the open compensation at exactly the same distance as the spacing is when the banana plugs are connected to the DUT Ifthe spacing is not exactly the same there will be an error in the measured value This 1
125. berately connected to the terminals on the test fixture and vice versa Figure 3 7 Connecting remote test fixture to RLC Digibrige Operation This remote test fixture provides that true Kelvin connections are made at the points of contact with the DUT leads The recommended cable should be used rather than any randomly chosen BNC patch cords because the known cable parameters enable you to make corrections for best accuracy Install the remote test fixture as follows 1 Remove any adaptors cables etc if present from the DUT port of the instrument 2 Connect the BNC cable assembly to the Digibridge and to the remote test fixture as indicated in Table 3 1 Note that red designates leads that may be hot When bias is applied they carry the negative voltage with respect to ground On 1693 pie Description oon 1680 9 Polarit p Cable 1689 9600 PL Potential Black and P White Band Potential Red and o ee oee Rentas Table 3 1 Connection of Remote Test Fixture to 1693 with 1689 9602 cable 3 Before making measurements be sure to re peat the zeroing procedure open circuit and short circuit as described in paragraph 3 1 3 For notes on cable and fixture capacitance and zeroing see paragraph 3 1 3 below 4 Ifthe DUT is a radial lead component or has parallel leads at one side insert them into the Digibridge remote test fixture slots as described below The test fix
126. board contacts with the internal connector and push it firmly into position D Remove the two screws from the bnc connector bracket or blank bracket whichever is at the front Refer also to section 5 5 2 E Remove the Retainer Bracket at the front panel 6 For access to the desired areas on top of the F Disconnect the cables connecting the main board remove the power supply as Display Board and Keyboard to the Main follows Board AN WARNING N AN canon N For reassembly be sure that the Keyboard cables are both oriented with the white markings facing up at the Keyboard and facing left at the Main Board On the two Display Board cables the red edges must face left Disconnect the power cord before proceeding so that dangerous voltages will not be present on wires and terminals that will be exposed in the following steps A Unplug the cable connecting the Power Supply to the Power Switch G Place a small spacer such as a pad of B Unplug the ribbon cable leading from paper under the chassis at each side but Voltage Regulator Board to the Main not under the front panel assembly Board at J5 H Remove four screws 2 at left 2 at right C Remove four screws at the corners of the that pass through the sides of the chassis power supply just behind the rear edge of the bezel NOTE The obvious parts of this assembly are the into flanges of the subpanel Pull the Front Panel Assembly forward and tilt it
127. bridge tester normally autoranges and automati cally identifies the principal measurement parameter Introduction The optional test fixture 1689 9600 with a pair of plug in adaptors receives any common component part axial lead or radial lead so easily that insertion of the device under test DUT is a one hand opera tion True 4 terminal connections are made automati cally Extender cables are available for measurements at a moderate distance from the instrument Limit comparisons facilitate sorting into 13 GO and 2 NO GO bins Test frequencies from 12 Hz to 200 kHz Test voltages from 5 mV to 1 275 V bias 2 V Delay before data acquisition from zero to 99999 ms Measurement speeds up to 30 per second Multi measurement routines with automatic averaging and or median taking of 2 to 255 measurements Displays measured values percentages dif ferences ratios GO NO GO binning Automatic output of value bin number bin summary and other results via IEEE 488 bus Bias can be applied to capacitors being measured either by programming the selection of an internal supply 2 V or by sliding a switch to connect an external voltage source up to 60 V A choice between two interface options provides full talker listener and talker only capabilities consis tent with the standard IEEE 488 bus Refer to the IEEE Standard 488 1978 Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation 1693 RLC Digibridg
128. c oa uu gg l 950 900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 1693 RLC Digibridge 139 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 9 Recalibration 5 9 1 Preparation Introduction This service procedure requires a set of external calibration resistors whose Rand Q values are exactly known and generally requires a frequency counter Table 5 13 For the frequency correction the counter makes a measurement but for the four internal resistance standards the Digibridge makes the measurements After recalibration the Digibridge retains in RAM the corrections that the microproces sor needs to compensate for the small errors in the actual values of test frequency and internal standard resistor parameters Therefore the Digibridge calculates its measurement results correctly accomplishing by calculation the same result that would be obtained if the recalibra tion process actually trimmed the internal standards exactly to their nominal values Required Equipment Refer to Table 5 13 Decision Whether Frequency Calibration is Needed The frequency calibration paragraph 5 9 7 1s neces sary and should be completed before recalibrating any range if any of the following is true If the Dallas Chip has been replaced If oscillator U4 has been replaced Procedure 1 Remove any adaptor that may be in the test fixture Inspect the Digibridge test fixture for cleanliness If it is dirty or if it
129. cal Dos Recalraton Required Normal Operation Line Significance of a 1 Low Significance of a 0 High Bin No assignment is available Table 3 26 Status Code Operation 95 1693 RLC Digibridge 96 MESSAGE ACTIVITY ON IEEE 488 BUS DURING A SIMPLE EXAMPLE OF REMOTE OONTROL Byte Mes sage ATN Comment order line 1 UNT true Untalk all devices 2 UNL true Unlisten all devices 3 MLA 3 true Set Digibridge address 3 to listen 4 MIA n true Set controller address n to talk 5 G false Typical device dependent message START See 6 0 false Table 3 20 for program commands 7 UNL true Unlisten Digibridge must for measurement Digibridge makes measurement asserts SRQ line to indicate completion 8 MLA n true Set controller to listen g MIA 3 true Set Digibridge to talk 10 space Typical data stream from Digibridge in il space the format of Tables 3 14 3 15 3 16 sent to 12 C controller which will execute 13 space some kind of read command 14 u specified by programmer according to 15 F destination such as a printer 16 space 17 space 18 space 19 1 20 21 2 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 CR 26 LF Table 3 27 Message activity on IEEE 488 bus during sample example of remote control Message on DIO1 DI06 lines is coded and interpreted differently depending on simultaneous state of AIN line true asserted
130. cally like a map of the keyboard which programming keys are enabled in the MEASURE function and which ones in the ENTER function Notice that one row of keys inside the square 16 key area and all of the keys outside of that square are enabled regardless of any selection by the FUNCTION key You must select ENTER function to program the 8 conditions indicated m nca DISPLAY VALUE A BINNO MEASURE RATE SLOW MEDIUM FAST MEASURE MODE EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES PARAT Other selections and programming can be mad in either function Figure 3 35 Keyboard Map Operation 69 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 9 3 Summary of Interrogations Certain status and results information is indicated automatically on the display panels For example Indicators above and below RLC display param eter and or units of measurement RANGE HELD autoranging is disabled CONST VOLT source resistance held to 25 ohms accuracy compromised PPM units of D or Q ANG not R or X are parts per million CONST I short circuit current set NOT 1KHZ frequency is other than 1 kHz RATIO ratio mode is enabled Hardly any keyboard indicators lit keyboard is locked Left display 0 right also 0 GO open circuit zeroing enabled Left display 5 right also 5 GO short circuit zeroing enabled Left display 6 right also 6 GO calibration enabled Left displa
131. ces passive sensors and components for test ing on the Digibridge A four terminal Kelvin con nection extends to the tip of the tweezers where the measurement becomes two terminal therefore series impedance of the connecting cables and internal tweezer connections do not affect the measurement The small amounts of residual tip resistance and inductance can be automatically corrected by using the Digibridge shorting function with the tips pressed together Guard shields between the tweezer blades minimize capacitance between them A correction for this small capacitance can be made using Digibridge open circuit test with the tips held at a spacing equal to that of the component s contact spacing IH HD HF PH lt HS 7000 05 PL LS IL LD LF Figure 3 13 7000 05 Chip Component Tweezers 22 For this accessory an additional accuracy for param eters listed must be added to the standard instrument accuracy as defined by AutoAcc Git L5 pP R 10 mQ L 100 nH Q for R gt 100 9 Freq R 10 ppm Q for R lt 100 Q R Freq 10 ppm Measurement accuracy is very sensitive to connection geometry The same connection geometry must be used for open short compensation as for connection to the device under test Connection to Digibridge Connect te Cable Marking Connection to DUT Digibridge PH potential high to positive terminal LS is IH current high HD HF Or DUI
132. citors with values near 200 mF 1 e 0 2 farad Any value greater than 99999 uF 99 999 mF normally causes a blank display because the unit multiplier on the highest C range is fixed and the display 1s limited to 5 digits However if you enter a nominal value of 1000 uF and enable calculation and display of the ratio measurement nominal then measurement results can be interpreted as though they were in units of mF although the ratio is really dimen sionless and the unit indicators remain unlit In this example the measurement results can then be 199 99 200 00 200 01 etc For much larger ca pacitance the Digibridge will automatically move the decimal point up to 99999 mF 1 e 99 999 farads For still larger values you can make the nominal value larger For Very Small R L or C Another use of the ratio display is to obtain better resolution of very small values Otherwise the resolution can be no better than 00001 on the lowest range For example consider the measurement of some inductors with values near 20 nH Because the minimum measured value and Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge the resolution limit also 1s 00001 mH the normal measurement results can only be 00000 00001 00002 00003 mH etc 1 e steps of 50 of the 20 nH value However if you enter a nominal value of 001 mH and enable calculation and display of the ratio measurement nominal then measurement results can be inter
133. completes recalibration of one range 4 Select CONTINUOUS with the MEASURE MODE key and cheek that the Digibridge operates properly with the recalibration The Digibridge should measure the calibra tion resistor like any ordinary resistor and display its R and Q ppm values The Q display can be expected to jump a bit precision and repeatability are in the order of 5 ppm The NO GO indicator will probably be lit this is normal 5 Disconnect the calibration resistor from the test fixture 141 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 9 4 Recalibration for Range 3 1 Connect the 374 ohm calibration resistor to the Digibridge test fixture 2 Enter the known parameters of the calibration resistor as in the following example based on the values R 374 06 ohms and Q 5 ppm NOTES The Digibridge will accept six digits for R even though only five will be displayed The Q is associated with bin 00 and its value must be preceded with if the known Q is negative A Select ENTER with FUNCTION key and verify that measure mode is CONT B Press 3 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 C Press 3 7 4 0 6 SHIFT NOM VALUE NOTE the calibration resistance value should appear in the left display The DQ in PPM indicator must he lit D Press 5 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 NOTE the calibration Q value should appear in the right hand display 3 Enable and execute the recalibration for this range as follows
134. constant current source values CURRENT 51 nA 13 2 pA 200 pA 3 2 mA RANGE 13 1 uA 198 uA 3 195 mA 51 mA SOURCE Table 3 8 Current Range and Source Resistance 44 When Const I is enabled the following procedure can be used to determine the current voltage and range set Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key For current press SHIFT CONST I cur rent will be displayed in mA 3 For voltage press SHIFT VOLTAGE voltage will be displayed in V 4 Forrange press SHIFT SPECIAL the range will be displayed N e To calculate the actual current through the DUT use I V Rs Zdut 3 4 5 Other Conditions Other test conditions are described in other parts of this manual Delay programmable settling time before acquisition of data paragraph 3 5 3 Averaging selection of number of measurements to be averaged paragraph 3 6 3 Bias applied to the DUT if it is a capacitor refer to paragraph 3 7 Special functions refer to paragraph 3 10 Operation 3 5 Measurement Time and Measurement Ranges 3 5 1 General Selection of MEASURE RATE SLOW MEDIUM and FAST obviously relates to measurement time providing the user with an easily made choice The slower rates provide greater accuracy Programming a DELAY typically because the normal setting time is insufficient for a particular handler or biasing rou tine also obviously affects measurement time In this parag
135. ct the high leads red and red white G Press the START button H Wait for the GO indicator to be lit The RLC display should be 000000 pF I Connect the two banana plug stacks to gether leave the guard black green open J Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT together Separately connect the low leads black and black white together 132 Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge K Confirm that the GO indicator is lit 9 Read the RLC display which should be close L Press the START button to the nominal value of the standard 1 uF M Wait for the GO indicator to be lit The 10 Calculate the difference D2 as follows and RLC display should be 00000 ohms N Press the MEASURE MODE key to retain it for future use D2 1 0000 uF displayed measurement uF select CONT NOTE The DQ display should show D 0085 to 0115 4 Connect the three terminal 1 uF capacitance 11 Calculate the calibration factor K as follows standard GR 1409 Y as follows K D1 D2 uF This standard should be certified to an accuracy of 3 including the effects of aging Example Suppose that in step 5 the display 1s 1 0013 RED E binding poset and the value of the standard is 1 0006 Then D1 end of blocking 0001 pf In step 9 the nominal is 1 0000 Suppose RED amp WHITE PH stacked on the red banana that the display is 1 0024 then D2 0024 uF The plug correction K w
136. d To unlock it see paragraph 3 9 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 1 3 Zeroing In the zeroing process the instrument automati cally measures stray parameters and retains the data which it uses to correct measurements so that results represent parameters of the DUT alone without for example test fixture or adaptor capacitance Before measurement zero the Digibridge as follows 1 Set conditions SLOW measure rate 1 V test voltage default RANGE HELD indicator NOT lit 2 To measure open circuit A Press FUNCTION key if necessary to select MEASURE function B Press MEASURE MODE key if neces sary to select TRIGGERED mode C Connect the remote test fixture or at least the BNC cables and adaptors that will contact the DUT D Be sure that the test fixture is open circuited If you want this zero process to echo a display of 0 00000 press the C D key However doing so will disable automatic parameter selection See paragraph 3 1 4 step 2 E Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN Note the GO indicator being lit and two zeros confirm the previous step Watch the GO indicator on the keyboard not one on any remote test fixture F Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 1n from test fixture G Press the START button The GO indication disappears H Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again 3 To measure short circuit A Short the fixture with a clean copper wire AWG 18 to
137. d 102K mid 1600 pF f mid 16 H f min 25 6 K max 6400 pF f min 4 1 H f max 25 6 K min 6 4 nF f max 4100 mH f 2 6 4 kohms mid 6 4 K mid 25 3 nF f mid 1025 mH f min 1 6 K max 100 nF f min 256 mH f max 1600 ohms min 100 nF f max 256 mH f 3 400 ohms mid 400 ohms mid 400 nF f mid 64 mH f min 100 ohms max 1600 nF f min 16 mH f max 100 ohms min 1 6 uF f max 16 mH f 4 25 ohms mid 25 ohms mid 6 4 uF f mid 4 mH f min 00001 ohm max 99999 uF min 00001 mH K is kilohms f is equal to the test frequency in kHz xviii Abbreviated Specifications Binning Pass bins 13 pass bins for RLCGZY Fail bins 2 fail bins RLCGZYO Sorting capabilities Bin number Delta RLC Delta Value DUT connections The 1693 has four BNC connections to make four terminal Kelvin connections to the device under test These connections are shielded and the instrument ground has a guard for three terminal measurements 1689 9602 1 meter BNC Cable Set is provided Various test fixtures and other accessories are available BNC Cabl NE BNC Cable Fixture PL Black and PH Red and Hieh and Low Reversed for correct operation Charged capacitor protection The instrument is protected from damage due to the connection of charged capacitors with up to 1 joule of stored energy Stored Energy 2CV Joules Keyboard lock The keyboard can be locked to prevent inadvertent changes to test conditions and sorting routines Parameter storage All keyb
138. dge 5 7 2 Power Up Self check and Certain Aborted Measurements The following outline of failure displays includes comments on some of the self cheek routines sig nificance of the displays and some suggestions for appropriate service procedures For the most rigorous self cheek in servicing repeat the power up self cheek several times at least once with a abort circuit as DUT in the test fixture and once with the test fixture empty open circuit A nor mally functional Digibridge should pass both ways Keen observation of the fleeting displays associated with the tests that pass before the one that fails are sometimes useful Pressing any key such as SHIFT will halt the self test routine and bold the display until the key 1s released Look for trends or tests that pass only marginally INT MSR BIG L CMP L ov INTEGRATOR OUTPUT REF ISW SELF CHECK FAILURE DISPLAYS 88888 8888 RAM read write exercise failure Digibridge hangs up PROCEDURE Switch POWER OFF and ON to clear hang up and repeat self check Cheek RAM circuitry and data and address buses on 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board 77777 XXXX Detector test failure Digibridge hangs up PROCEDURE Switch POWER OFF and ON to clear hang up and repeat self check Be sure that the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is OFF 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 77777 7777 DBIG U27 pin 2 is stuck low I
139. e Our warranty at the front of this manual attests the quality of materials and workmanship in our products If a malfunction does occur our service engineers are available for technical telephone assistance If the difficulty cannot be eliminated by use of the fol lowing service instructions please contact IET and provide information about any problems and steps taken to remedy them Describe the instrument by model number and serial number Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge Products provided by IET Labs are thoroughly tested and calibrated to meet product specifications A Certificate of Calibration which certifies that the product meets its specifications and that its calibration is traceable to appropriate SI is supplied 5 3 Instrument Return Before returning an instrument to IET Labs for ser vice contact our sales department See below 5 3 1 Packaging To safeguard your instrument during storage and shipment please use packaging that is adequate to protect it from damage 1 e equivalent to the original packaging Contract packaging companies in many cities can provide dependable custom packaging on short notice Mark the box Delicate Instrument 5 3 2 Repair and Replacement of Circuit Boards This instruction manual contains information to guide an experienced and skillful electronic technician in fault analysis and repair of some circuits in this instru ment Contact IET Labs if additiona
140. e Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Sequential Limits Sequential limits can be entered by either of the following methods use the method that fits your application Method 1 changing the nominal value for each bin Advantage Straightforward definition of each bin in terms of percentages of the bin s nominal value Disadvantage overlaps or gaps in coverage among several bins are not obvious Remember that overlaps default to the lower numbered bin gaps default to bin 14 Example For sorting capacitors into part of the stan dard 5 series setting D 005 and nominal values for the bins at Cs 0 91 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 uF 1 With FUNCTION key select ENTER With EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key select SERIES With parameter key Cs D select units uF 4 Enter D limit O I O S E ISHIFT BIN No 0 0 5 Enter nominal C value 9 1 SHIFT NOM VALUE 6 Setbin 1 limits 5 SHIFT BIN No 0 1 7 Redefine nominal 1 2 SHIFT NOM VALUE 8 Setbin2 limits 5 SHIFT BIN No 0 2 9 Redefine nominal IH E ll 2 lI SHIFT NOM VALUE 10 Set bin 3 limits 5 SHIFT BIN No 0 3J 11 Redefine nominal 1 2 SHIFT NOM VALUE 12 Set bin 4 limits 5 o SHIFT BIN No 0 4 13 Redefine nominal 1 3 SHIFT NOM VALUE 14 Set bin 5 limits 5 SHIFT BIN No OJL5 15 Close bin 6 if open 0 SHIFT
141. e 1 2 General Description 1 2 1 1693 RLC Digibridge Overview The basic features of the 1693 are provided on the vertical front panel These include the keypad dis play and the power OK OFF button The set of four bnc connectors for connection to the test fixture is supplied on the front panel but can be relocated to the rear if that 1s preferred The display panel and keyboard indicators serve to inform and guide the operator in manipulating the simple controls or to indicate that remote control is in effect The 1693 instrument also stands on a table or bench where the bail provided under its front edge can be used to tilt it back for operator convenience This model goes particularly well in a rack with its ver tical front panel and cable connection from either front or rear to a suitable test fixture The sturdy metal cabinet is durably finished in keeping with the long life circuitry inside Glass epoxy circuit boards interconnect and support high quality components to assure years of dependable performance Adaptability to any common ac power line is assured by the removable power cord and the convenient line voltage switch Safety is enhanced by the fused iso lating power transformer and the 3 wire connection Q DEG PPM 1 2 2 References Electrical and physical characteristics are listed in Specifications at the front of this manual Interface connections and instrument dimensions are given in Installation Cha
142. e integration time factor if the measure rate is selected to be FAST or MEDIUM In general programming the I T factor to a larger value allows the Digibridge to integrate over more cycles of the test signal thus increasing the measurement time and enhancing the accuracy If the measure rate is SLOW integration time is automatically fixed at a relatively large value so that any programmed I T factor has no effect on measurement time The I T factor 1s normally 1 You can program it to values in the range from 0 25 to 6 For I T factor 0 25 1f measurement rate 1s FAST the integration time is set to 1 mS if the test frequency is above 1 KHz or to one period of the test signal 1f test frequency is Operation less than 1 kHz The following tabulation indicates the integration time for several combinations of I T factor and measurement rate for test frequency of 1 kHz I TFactotn 025 1 6 9 SLOW 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms Not affected by T factor Table 3 9 Effects of Integration Time factor on Measure Rates Programming the I T factor is a special function which is under keyboard control only if you have selected ENTER function Then for example press these keys 2 5 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 5 to make the IT factor 0 25 NOTE Max rate is defined as the combination of FAST measure rate with I T factor programmed to be 0 25 The quick acquisition special function is NOT used See paragraph 3 10
143. e 4 press 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 AWN LLL eee Note for autoranging press 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 5 8 Time Required for Obtaining Median Values and Averaging Accuracy can be enhanced at the cost of increased measurement time by either or both of these meth ods The time considerations and a brief instruction for selecting each method while in the ENTER FUNCTION are given here Median Value This measurement time is somewhat less than triple the single measurement time because three nearly complete measurements are made from which the Digibridge selects the median for final results To be more specific each median value measurement requires approximately as much time as three single measurements MINUS two of the three settling or delay time intervals and also MINUS about half ofthe calculation time The relative magnitudes of settling time delay time and calculation time in the single measurement cycle are illustrated in para graph 3 5 10 Enabling and disabling median value selection is a special function paragraph 3 10 The enabling com mand is 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 See paragraph 3 6 4 Averaging The measurement time is multiplied by the number of measurements 2 to 255 specified when averaging was programmed To program the Digibridge to average for example 8 measurements press 8 2 SHIFT AVERAGE See paragraph 303 Both If both median v
144. e n A RAS Leo eub n a recur eu gets 51 Figure 3 30 General view of the tradeoffs between measurement time and accuracy seus 293 Figure 3 31 Approximate RLC Accuracy vs JestoPrequelty acces nde te tn Id ea sp ue UI Led 54 HIOURG 32325 Recommended Wire SNOPES OP Zeroo echas iustius titm pM Ral eat ansa eM Saal 56 Figure 3 33 Nested Iiis TOT SOFUNG oec sect SIS Ate ea E dott ma ots ut dte AE A E a usce eie EC Len 65 PUCUPC 3egdc Sequentia WINS JOY SOTO asco ote osos buts a dedecori seas liter SU 65 Toena SKN board L016 RRR s Laertio iof DX dS Rot put uU Tete ee as er eer 69 TIiouke ders DiackdigeranortHe 1093 REC Digibtid o sci fost co soe elnen da auth tesa curd ae cae onis 106 Figure 4 2 Elementary Measurement Cir Cutt s as teticep retain snap Intesa d een a as NE ead aub ER sa UR terea Rees 108 DIOHRO d UE VCO UCNCV ANG dT S SOY GE sessio ati iot Ono r enu ub eie se bilge teen 108 PI CUNE 424 gt SINC WAVE See GION scs che beatles Ehe till bau E MEI ipt QU Ru aeu noi Ete D d ted 108 Figure 5 1 Screws holding the interface assembly on the rear panel c n Leonie Ti Figure 5 2 Interior top view of 1693 Digibridge eii e et utro te EM anu tident an Ee Re INTR D Eee t unus 118 Figure 5 3 Analog and Control board Assembly 1689 4702 iiie uessddles tritt ete bes TIE De e 120 Figure 5 4 Display Board Assembly CL 659 4705 iicet veces o e etc etet sates ut ba tete OE EE RE enint 120 Tourer kerboard Assemb CLOS 4200 rinnea
145. e of a use for the median value capability is to greatly reduce the likelihood of displaying an er roneous transitory measurement in CONTINUOUS measure mode This erroneous measurement is typi cally caused by insertion or switching of the DUT at some indeterminate time during a measurement cycle Typically this erroneous measurement is preceded and followed by valid ones The next several mea surements are correct until the DUT is changed again If median value capability 1s enabled the Digibridge displays the median of three measurements only one of which is liable to be erroneous Because the erroneous one is commonly quite different from the other two the median is very likely to be one of the correct ones Consequently you see only one change in the value displayed from before to after the DUT change Another example of a use for the median value capability is for measuring in the presence of oc casional noise that pollutes some measurements particularly noise spikes or bursts that can occasion ally be coupled from electrical equipment through power line to Digibridge circuits or via inductive or capacitive coupling to the DUT itself Such noise pollutes a measurement now and then among a ma Jority of measurements that are correct This noise Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge is non random i e not white noise but it may be repetitive Obviously you would prefer to have only the correct
146. e or Programmed Delay in Triggered Measure Mode For accurate measurements it is often helpful to have a time delay between the START signal and the beginning of the first voltage measurement within the process of data conversion Because such a delay allows time for switching transients to settle and because more time is required for low test frequen cies the Digibridge normally incorporates settling time as follows If measure mode is CONTINUOUS settling time zero programmed delay is disabled If measure mode is TRIGGERED with mea sure rate FAST settling time 7 ms f If measure mode is TRIGGERED with mea sure rate MEDIUM settling time 10 ms f If measure mode is TRIGGERED with mea sure rate SLOW settling time 12 ms f where f is equal to the test frequency in kHz NOTE the three times given above are verifiable in the ENTER function by pressing SHIFT SPECIAL 4 If measure mode is TRIGGERED you can program any desired delay from 0 to 99999 milliseconds for transient voltages to settle for mechanical han dling to be completed and contacts to settle etc The Digibridge will pause for this much time after each START signal before actually starting to take data Any programmed delay replaces the default settling time and affects measurements only in TRIGGERED measure mode For example you can set delay to 25 ms by selecting ENTER with the FUNCTION key and pressing 2 5 SHIFT SPECIAL
147. ecalibration of one range 4 Select CONTINUOUS with the MEASURE MODE key and check as follows that the Digibridge operates properly with the recalibration The Digibridge should measure the calibration resistor like any ordinary resistor and display its Rand Q ppm values The Q display can be expected to jump a bit precision and repeatability are in the order of 5 ppm The NO GO indicator will probably be lit this is normal 5 Disconnect the calibration resistor from the test fixture Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 9 7 Frequency Calibration If frequency calibration is not necessary refer to Decision in paragraph 5 8 1 omit the procedures of paragraph 5 8 7 If necessary at all these steps should be done before paragraphs 5 8 2 through 5 8 6 1 Connect the counter as follows to measure the period ofthe test frequency nominally 1 kHz If the Digibridge is not disassembled provide for a ground connection as follows Otherwise see NOTE below A Insert a 6 32 1 2 inch long screw into the tapped hole at the right hand end ofthe Digibridge s test fixture tighten gently B Connect the ground return of the counter s probe to this screw C Insert the short circuit wire used above for example into the right hand slot of the test fixture only D Connect the counter s probe to this wire NOTE If calibration is being done with the main board out of the cabinet
148. ed on specified accuracy of decade capacitor that has recently been calibrated If the capacitor values are known to higher accuracy by special calibration of lesser accuracy because of long term drift the acceptable upper and lower limits must be revised accordingly Based on the stated dissipation values of the HACS Z capacitors If the dissipation values are known more accurately the acceptable QDR display criteria can be reduced accordingly Alternative capacitance standards are available for checking the Digibridge Models available from IET include 1413 Precision Decade Capacitor SCA Series Table 5 6 Capacitance accuracy checks Ranges 1 3 5 8 3 Capacitance Measurement 3 Before measurement zero the Digibridge Accuracy as follows A Leave the high red banana plug stack This procedure follows after paragraph 5 8 2 Leave disconnected from the low black stack the test frequency at 1 kHz the test voltage at 1 V the B Press FUNCTION key if necessary to measure rate SLOW the selected parameter Cs D and dn Weser MODEM Edeces the RANGE HELD indicator NOT lit sary to select TRIGGERED ct I D Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 7 1 Connect the 1657 9600 extender cable with SHIFT OPEN banana plugs to the Digibridge test fixture E Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Hand tighten the screws to provide the F Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm ground guard connection 4 in from test fixture 2 Conne
149. ee c efe mut ate a te as ote NY X ye SR NS C 1693 RLC Digibridge ate 2 te e t Figure 5 6 Power Supply Assembly 700011 5 5 3 Interface Options If the Digibridge has the IEEE interface option it can be connected via either the RS232 interface or the IEEE 488 2 interface AED ve Lans ree TALK LISTEN TALK ONLY R 2 INTERFACE IEEE 488 2 INTERFACE PILLS gt uE Figure 5 7 IEEE interface 1689 9640 front view Figure 5 8 IEEE interface 1689 9640 top view Service and Maintenance To remove the IEEE board 1 Switch POWER OFF and disconnect power cord from Digibridge 2 Place the instrument in the normal position flat on table or in rack Looking at the rear panel remove the two screws that hold the interface from the Digibridge See Figure 5 9 below Note if the IEEE option is not installed there will be a blank plate to cover the opening 121 1693 RLC Digibridge CAUTION REPLACE FUSE IN BIAS CAB SAME STYLE FL 1 AND RATING 250 Figure 5 9 Screws holding the interface assembly on the rear panel 3 Remove the interface option or the blank cover plate horizontally directly away from Observe precautions while handling the interface option Because there are static sensitive parts on the board DO NOT TOUCH THE CIRCUITS or ICs Refer to Section 5 of this manual for recommended handling procedure To install the interface option proceed as follows 1
150. either pure reactance nor a pure resistance can be represented at any specific frequency by either a series or a parallel combination of resistance and reactance The values of resistance and reactance used in the equivalent circuit depend on whether a series or parallel combination is used Keeping this concept in mind will be valuable in operation of the instrument and interpreting its measurements Resistance and Inductance 1693 RLC Digibridge The equivalent circuits are shown in Table 3 5 to gether with useful equations relating them Notice that the Digibridge measures the equivalent series components Rs 15 or Cs if you select SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT It measures the parallel equivalent components Rp Lp or Cp if you select PARALLEL D and Q have the same value regard less whether series or parallel equivalent circuit 1s calculated Resistance and Capacitance Table 3 5 Equivalent Circuits Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Polar Form Magnitude and Phase A complex number may be expressed in polar form as well as in the Cartesian form used so far For impedance and admittance the relationships are Z Rs jXs Z e andY 2 Gp Bp Y e where Z and Y are the magnitudes and 0 theta and phi are the phase angle sin radians see Figure 3 28 The magnitude of a complex number is the square root of the sum of the squares of the two parts so that Z V Rs Xs and Y 2 V Gp Bp
151. el EXTERNAL BIAS connector Observe polarity marking on the rear panel connect the supply accordingly 1693 RLC Digibridge 2 EEE 488 Interface 2 1 Description If you have the IEEE Interface option 1689 9640 see Figure 2 2 you can use this instrument as part of a system comprised of other test instruments printers and a PC with each assigned its own bus address The simplest system could consist of this instrument and just a printer The documentation of each instrument describes the details of how to communicate with it and how it communicates with other instruments as appropriate Figure 2 2 IEEE 488 interface All instruments are inter connected using standard IEEE 488 cables in nearly any combination of hub and daisy chain connections subject only to length of run restrictions Standard IEEE 488 connectivity uses a 24 pin connector carrying 16 signal lines plus several ground connections and a shield This instrument will function as either TALK LISTEN or a TALK ONLY device in the system de pending on the position of the TALK switch TALK LISTEN denotes full programmability and is suited for use in a system that has a controller or computer to manage the data flow The handshake routine as sures that the active talker proceeds slowly enough for the slowest listener that is active but not limited by any inactive unaddressed listener TALK is suited to a simpler system e g Digibrid
152. ements using a test fixture with very large ca pacitance or for certain transfer impedance measure ments But it IS NOT RECOMMENDED unless you are well aware of what caused the self check failure 888866666 The random access memory read write exercise was imperfect Try power up again other wise the remedy is beyond the operator s control repair service is required 77777 xxxx The detector test was not completed sat isfactorily Be sure that the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is OFF try power up again Otherwise the remedy is beyond the operator s control repair service 1s required The QDR display provides some service information indicating in code which of 4 important digital signals is stuck and whether high or low 66666 xxxx The detector scale test failed CPU will loop on failure Switch POWER OFF and ON again If these remedies are ineffective repair service 1s required Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 555 D xxxx A signal strength check failed When D is 1 4 it indicates the range being checked withvoltage 1 275 V When D is 5 the range 1s 4 with voltage 075 V CPU will loop on failure Be sure that the EXTERNAL BIAS switch is OFF and check to make sure that the charged capacitor protective fuse has not blown Item 11 Figure 1 3 Recycle power OFF and ON to exit from loop 444 E xxxx A check on test frequency and waveform failed For E of 1 2 3 4 5 6 the frequency being checked is 6 06
153. er only if the principal measured parameter 1s capacitance Extensions Each ofthe 4 ranges goes beyond its basic range with both upper and lower range extensions also called overrange and underrange Most of these extensions are seldom used because they overlap basic portions of other ranges and the Digibridge will automatically select the basic range unless you have selected hold range see RANGE HELD in dicator Measurement units and multipliers in any range extension are the same as in the basic range The fact that range definition depends on frequency causes a considerable variation in the width of range extensions The lower limit is generally 00001 with all zeros next the upper limit is 99999 with all blanks next Blanks in the measurement display are discussed below In general for any measurement within the specifications of the Digibridge if a measurement can be displayed it will be The only range extensions that are valid with au toranging are low underrange and high overrange explained below Low Underrange The low extension of the low range goes down to 1 count with reduced accuracy The smallest f count increment in the display is the minimum measured value given in the specifications in the front of this manual Any measurement smaller than 1 count is displayed as all zeros 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE If the measured value is very small even below one count or very large even over 99999
154. erface 1689 9604 Digibridge Calibration Kit 1689 9611 Rackmount Kit 1657 9600 Banana Plug Extender Cable 1658 2450 Bias cable Calibration certificate accredited to ISO17025 xix 1693 RLC Digibridge Condensed operating instructions 1 General Information The 1693 RLC Digibridge is a microprocessor controlled automatic RLC meter Measurement parameters R Q L Q C D series or parallel R X series G B parallel Z Angle or Y Angle Ranges Direct Reading Range Ratio and DQ in PPM 0 00001 Q to 99999 ka 0 00010 Q to 9999 9 GO 0 00001 mH to 99999 H 0 00010 nH to 9999 9 MH 0 00001 pF to 99999 uF 0 00010 aF to 9999 9 F Test frequencies Over 500 selectable test frequencies ranging from 12 Hz to 200 kHz Applied voltage 5 mV to 1 275 V programmable in 5 mV steps Measurement speed Up to 19 measurements per second Bias Internal 2 0 Vdc External 60 Vdc max Accuracy Basic RLCGZY 0 02 2 Starting up a If the Digibridge includes an optional IEEE 488 interface set TALK switch rear panel to TALK ONLY unless instructions are to be received through the IEEE 488 bus Make sure the EXTERNAL BIAS is in the OFF posi tion Press the POWER button The unit runs a brief self check on start up Wait until keyboard lights indicate MEASURE VALUE SLOW TRIGGERED SERIES If a fault is detected measurements are blocked and an er ror code remains displayed See manual paragraph
155. erface allows test proto cols and results to be stored in PC s Applications High end metrology applications Measuring impedance inductance capaci tance and resistance Testing and sorting electrical components based on 11 possible parameters Optional IEEE 488 interface allows test proto cols and results to be stored in PC s Abbreviated Specifications Specifications Measurement parameters Eight combinations of parameters are measured R and Q C and D L and Q C and R R and X G and B Z magnitude and angle and Y magnitude and angle as selected by the R Q C D L Q or C R keys or the SHIFT key and the R X G B Z ang or Y ang keys Either series or parallel equivalent circuit values are measured for R C and L as selected by the EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key Series values are measured for R and X combination and parallel values are measured for G and B Parameter selection is initially made automatically based on the DDT being measuring Automatic selection is inhibited once a specific parameter key has been selected by the operator but may be restored Display format Dual display featuring 5 full digit LED for RLCGZY and full digit LED for DORXBO Automatically positioned decimal points and minus signs where appropriate Individual LED indicators for parameters and measurement units MEASURE displays When the MEASURE function has been selected either VALUE ARLC A or BIN NO may be displayed
156. es 101 102 103 132 Refer also to the table in the paragraph about Address in 2 8 4 The ASCII code conforms to the 7 bit code ISO 646 used internationally Two Byte and Three Byte Entries These command entries as shown in Table 3 20 are simple ASCII character sequences of two or three characters The first character is a letter which designates the category of the entry The following ASCII character or two characters if this 1s a three byte entry are decimal Operation digits 0 to 9 which convey information about the selection within the category For example the ASCII sequence D2 means in DISPLAY category select VALUE The command is like pressing the DISPLAY key to select VALUE Floating Point Entries These entries also shown in the table are ASCII character sequences of arbitrary length always terminated with a semicolon The first character 1s a letter which designates the category ofthe entry The following ASCII characters before the semicolon define a floating point number includ ing at least one decimal digit 0 to 9 and optional characters e E Any space character is ignored The character e or E is recognized as exponent in E format notation For example any of the following three entries will set the test frequency to 100 Hz FO Fle 1 F100 0E 3 NOTE The 2 byte command P2 is recommended as the first command in a remote programming sequence because i
157. f this method will be helpful in un usual applications of the instrument The following paragraph gives a brief overall description outlining the measurement technique to one familiar with impedance measurement methods A more detailed description of operation specific circuitry and control signals is given later 4 1 2 Brief Description of the 1693 Digibridge The Digibridge RLC tester uses a patented measure ment technique in which a microprocessor calculates the desired impedance parameters from a series of 6 or 8 voltage measurements 6 for FAST 6 for MED and 8 for SLOW measurement rates These measure ments include quadrature 90 degree and inverse 180 degree vector components of the voltages across the device under test Zx the DUT and across a standard resistor Rs carrying the same current as the DUT Each of these voltage measurements is meaningless by it self because the reference signals have no particular phase relationship to the measured analog signals and because the current through Zx is not controlled Each set of voltage measurements is made in rapid sequence with the same phase sensitive detector and analog to digital converter Therefore properly cho sen differences between these measurements subtract 104 out fixed offset errors and ratios between them cancel out the value of the common current the scale factor of the detector converter and the effect of the relative reference to signal pha
158. fety standards of the design manufacturing and intended use of the instrument IET Labs assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements Before Applying Power Verify that the power is set to match the rated input of this instrument Protective Ground Make sure to connect the protective ground to prevent an electric shock before turning on the power Necessity of Protective Grounding Never cut off the internal or external protective ground wire or disconnect the wiring of the protective grounding terminal Cutting the protective ground could cause a potential shock hazard and result in injury to a person Fuses Only fuses with the required rated current voltage and specified type normal blow time delay etc should be used Do not use repaired fuses or short circuited fuse holders Using the wrong fuse could cause a shock or fire hazard Safety Information Do not operate in an explosive atmosphere Do not operate this instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes Do not remove the cover of the instrument Operating personnel must not remove the cover of this instrument Component replacements and internal adjustments can be done only by qualified service personnel Dangerous voltages may be present inside this instrument Do not open the case Refer servicing to qualified personnel Disposal Do not dispose of electrical appliances as unsorted municipal waste use sep
159. for bins 1 thru 13 are entered using percent ages referred to the current nominal value For example Bin No 1 designated 01 is set to 1 596 059 by the command sequence B01H1 5 L 5E 2 However the limit for Bin Zero the desired upper limit for D or Rs or Q with R lower limit for Rp or Q with L is entered as a value dimensionless for D or Q ohms for R For example Bin Zero is set to 250 ppm with parameter select 10n C D by the command B00H250E 6 Frequency is entered in kilohertz H the desired frequency is for example 3 25 kHz the following command will select the nearest available frequency which is 3 3333 kHz F3 25 There are three types of commands two byte three byte and floating point as described below Each byte is coded according to the 7 bit ASCII code using the DIOI DIO7 lines The most significant bit is DIO7 as recommended by the Standard The eighth bit DIOS is ignored Thus for example the command for MEASURE FUNCTION is PO having octal code 120 followed by 060 The two 7 bit binary bytes are therefore 1 010 000 and 0 110 000 Note The ASCII code X3 4 1968 Code for Information Interchange is available from American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway NewYork N Y 10018 This code can be written out as follows For the numerals 0 1 2 9 write the series of octal numbers 060 061 062 071 for the alphabet A B C Z write the seri
160. ft of the E AE cuente Olaiboh SS es 1908 1 SHIFT key with gray or yellow labels that ap SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 ply only when the selected FUNCTION is ENTER The value first appears in left hand display To confirm storage of the limit the value moves to the right hand 1 Press DISPLAY key to select VALUE display 2 Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER Note if you make a mistake press the parameter key again and repeat the entry Operation 63 1693 RLC Digibridge 6 To enter RLC limits for bins 1 13 three methods are given Symmetrical percentage tolerances nested bins A Enter the nominal value or DUTs to be sorted The value appears on the RLC display For example to enter 123 40 as the nominal value press 1 2 3 4 SHIFT NOM VAL B Enter for bin 1 the narrowest percent toler ance to be sorted For example for a tolerance of 0 2 press 2 SHIFT BIN NO 0 1 The numerical limits for RLC are automatically computed and rounded off values appear on the Digibridge displays upper limit at the left lower at the right C For bin 2 enter the next wider tolerance similarly Be sure to use 2 digits for the bin number D Repeat the procedure for bins 3 4 5 up to a maximum of 13 bins Various nominal values bucket sort Plan for non overlapping bins each with a nominal value and limits defined by percent tolerance A For bin 1 enter nominal value and tole
161. fy the carrier and IET Labs for RMA number Retain the shipping carton and the packing material for carrier s inspection 2 2 Dimensions Figure 2 1 Input power module with a drawer for the input fuse Width 440 mm 17 3 Height 147 mm 5 8 Depth 377 mm 14 8 2 4 Line Voltage Regulation The accuracy of measurements accomplished with precision electronic test equipment operated from ac line sources can often be seriously degraded by fluctuations in primary input power Line voltage variations of 15 are commonly encountered even in laboratory environments Although most modern electronic instruments incorporate some degree of regulation possible power source problems should be considered for every instrumentation setup The 8 Installation use of line voltage regulators between power lines and the test equipment is recommended as the only sure way to rule out the effects on measurement data of variations in line voltage 2 5 Test Fixture Connections An external test fixture or cables are always required because connection from the 1693 Digibridge to the DUT is provided via BNC cables from connectors that can be positioned at either front or rear of the instrument as described in Chapter 5 For general purposes the recommended test fixture cable and their connections are as follows Refer to paragraphs 1 4 and 3 2 for more information about accessories Red and White Potential Band COMMENT It is imp
162. g and GONGO Results cce oe etie ba er E e a udi e etu pu deg 62 3 8 1 Introduction to Binning Sorting Based on Limit Comparisons sssesse 62 3090 SONNE MEMOS oct Storie Parca tas merase to m a Ae b Meca AD CU M CER 62 3 5 9 seat Ett y PEOCOQUEG 8c aca UR de om Mas redd dec an tuti fae ndi t bate eae 63 3 8 4 Verification of Nominal and Limit Vabluessiodsescoin ou eli retta oat eae t taeda roget 64 545 5c Examples or Limit EDY eoo dec otto e a cata ciliao dede dede festus 65 34040 Noleson Limit EnmEs ti CIE Ie Ed on op ioo in a avide iav bx tu hikes Usu e El UR 66 3 5 7 Gio NosGo and BimAssioniment ROSULES aos s copo REPRE eee 67 ISS Dino Sud InfortidtlOfooui reote a tase insane ied dete ad agentes eua 67 3 8 9 Binning and Ratio Measurement Simultaneously ces cdi tat eU 67 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 9 Keyboard Lock Function Map and Summary of Inte erations siot inte ERR etras 69 Sa Keyboard LOC ke a dees E Ma Ea da EE 69 SL uero S 69 ILLI iSuttittiaty OE ilerrOSd Olsson ois brad ties be de eu Lee iN rat 70 IO Special FUNC HONS sd btt bottone tad tobe a tae bestie rodab i deste tnde eu 7 3 11 Data Output and Programming via IEEE 488 and RS 232 Interface sssssusss T2 MB OVNI OW era E S 12 SAE AOAC Oiee m TA ST Tale Lefen alk ly EO OOS yy le hepa Ds se mener m t etie udo pou eot ones 72 SELA GPIB Addtess DIP SWIHeLG uoc ose Rec a cute dU vato E 73 ITLS MUST a A m 73 3 11 6 R
163. ge 1 to 1 275 V CONSTANT VOLTAGE indicator NOT lit autoranging RLC value within basic ranges see below and Q lt 1 with R Q gt gt 1 with L D lt lt 1 with C R 25 6 to 410 kilohm L 4 1 f to 65 f H C 400 f to 6400 f pF G 39 to 2 44 uS Z 25 6 to 410 kilohm Y 39 to 2 44 uS x R 6 25 ohms to 25 6 kilohm L 1 f mH to 4100 f oH C 6 4 f nF to 25 f uF G 0 39 mS to 16 S Z 6 25 ohms to 25 6 kilohm Y 039 mS to 16 S Table 3 11 Accuracy for Conditions Comparable to Table 3 10 Operation 53 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 6 3 Averaging to Improve Accuracy The accuracy of measuring each DUT can be en hanced automatically by the Digibridge if you pro gram it to make several measurements and average them before reporting the final result See Figure 3 31 Thus errors due to electrical noise and other effects that are just as likely to make the measurement too high as too low are largely canceled This is true regardless of the display selection VALUE BIN NO etc Of course the time required to complete a mea surement with averaging set to 10 for example is 10 times as long as the time for a single measurement Averaging can be set to any integer up to 255 To select 8 for example select ENTER with the FUNCTION key then press 8 SHIFT AVERAGE ALC ACCURACY ERROR Similarly to inhibit averaging select ENTER func tion and press 1 2 ISHIFT AVERAGE This is the defa
164. ge and printer with no controller and no other talker Either mode provides measurement results to the active listeners in the system 2 2 Signal Identification For a key to signal names functions and pin num bers Further explanation is found in the IEEE 488 2 Standard 10 2 3 Codes and addresses General The device dependent messages such as in strument programming commands and measurement data which the digital interface exists to facilitate have to be coded in a way that is compatible between talkers and listeners They have to use the same language Addresses have to be assigned except in the case of a single talker only with one or more listeners always listening The Standard sets ground rules for these codes and addresses In this instrument codes for input and output data have been chosen in accordance with the IEEE 488 2 rules The address for both talker and listener func tions is user selectable as explained below Instrument Program Commands The set of com mands used in remote programming is an input data code to which the instrument will respond as a talker listener after being set to a remote code and addressed to listen to device dependent command strings The set includes all of the keyboard func tions except switching external bias ON OFF and full recalibration which are not remotely programmable Refer to paragraph 3 11 7 for a table of the commands used in pr
165. han 1 V nor frequency to other than 1 kHz B Leave the two type 874 tees connected to the 1689 9602 extender cable but not connected to each other C Press FUNCTION key if necessary to select MEASURE function D Press MEASURE MODE key if neces sary to select TRIGGERED mode 1693 RLC Digibridge J Press these keys deliberately 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT K Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Press the START button L Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again on the keyboard not on any remote test fixture M Disconnect the two type 874 tees from each other 5 Connect the type 874 tee with the red cables to the HIGH terminal of the HACS Z ca pacitance substituter Connect the other tee black cables to the LOW terminal of this capacitor Set the decade capacitor dials to 00000 pF A Press the C D key B Press these keys deliberately 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN C Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Press the START button D Wait for the GO light The RLC display should be 00000 pF E Press MEASURE MODE key to select CONT F Press EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key to select SERIES Set the decade capacitor to 10 pF If neces sary press the START button Verify that the C and D measurements subsequently displayed on the Digibridge are within the limits given in the first line of Table 5 6 Similarly for each line in the table set the capacitor and the Digibridge measureme
166. has the opposite kind of reactance see below Note Observing the results displays can be helpful in deciding whether you have made the best parameter selection See below Displays are discussed further in paragraph Negative RLC If RLC is negative with an L or C value displayed the DUT reactance 1s opposite to the selected parameter As a rule you should change parameter usually select L instead of C or vice versa so that a positive L or C value display can be obtained However the displayed negative value of L or C 1s mathematically correct and without the minus sign is in fact the value that will resonate with the DUT at the test frequency 33 1693 RLC Digibridge Notice that the appearance of a device can be mis leading For example an inductor is capacitive if test frequency is above resonance or a component part can be mislabeled or unlabeled For more information about both a negative RLC and negative QDR see paragraph 3 3 3 3 3 2 Equivalent Circuits Series Parallel The results of R L or C measurements of many com ponents depend on which of two equivalent circuits is chosen to represent it series or parallel The more nearly pure the resistance or reactance the more nearly identical are the series and paral lel values of the principal parameter However if D is high or Q low Cs differs substantially from Cp and Ls differs substantially from Lp and these values are freq
167. he banana plugs to the 1433 33 Decade Resistor as follows e High leads red and red white to the H binding post e Low leads black and black white to the L binding post Guard lead black green to the G bind ing post White bands should always be closes to 1433 terminals Disconnect any link between the G and L binding posts Set the decade resistor dials to 00000 ohms Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Press the START button O Wait for the GO indicator to be lit again The RLC display should be 00000 ohms P Press MEASURE MODE key to select CONT 2 Refer to Table 5 8 Set the decade resistor dials to 0000010 as indicated in the first line of the table and verify that the RLC display is between the extremes listed Repeat for each line of the table setting the decade resis tor dials Digibridge equivalent circuit and measurement rate and verifying the results as tabulated Eu F For more information on connecting to a 1433 Series Decade Resistor see section 3 2 15 Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge Standard Typical RLC Display Resistor Equivalent Measure Standard Digibridge Acceptable Setting Circuit Rate Accuracy Accuracy Ext remes 10 00 obms Series SLOV 03 02295 9 995 to 10 005 25 00 ohms Series SLOW 018 02196 24 990 to 25 010 25 00 ohms Series MED 018 052 24 983 to 25 018 25 00
168. he delay for internal bias measurements should be about 0 Rstd Cx seconds If the internal bias is being switched off during each change of DUT by remote control perhaps this delay should be 1 second larger 1 10 Rstd Cx NOTE Rstd is 102400 for range 1 6400 for range 2 400 for range 3 25 for range 4 see Table 3 7 on page 43 Cx is the capacitance of the DUT in farads For example measuring 2000 pF at 1 kHz range 1 this delay time should be about 10 102 400 000 000 002 approx 002 seconds Normal set tling time is adequate 7 After biased measurements are completed remember to disable the shorting routine A Select the ENTER function B Press 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 8 Remove internal bias by pressing the SHIFT INT BIAS keys so that the BIAS ON indicator is NOT lit NOTE The BIAS ON indicator serves to indicate whether internal bias is connected or disconnected only if the EXTERNAL BIAS is switched OFF See below for external bias Notice that repeating the same keyboard sequence will cyclically enable and disable internal bias For best results after removing bias and before making further measurements allow least 2 seconds for in ternal circuit discharge and settling 60 3 2 External Bias If bias is required at some other voltage than the 2 V internal bias use external bias as described below Also Be sure that the voltage is never more than 60 V max A current limiting
169. he first measurement so that any subsequent differences are well within the error permitted by your needs If not program in a longer delay NOTE There are two effects to be aware of in watch ing for stabilization of he DUT voltage and capaci tance Besides charging to a final voltage there is also the stabilization of capacitance value itself For example some aluminum electrolytic capaci tors respond slowly to a change in applied voltage therefore the DUT capacitance can be settling long after the voltage 1s essentially stable 61 1693 RLC Digibridge 7 After biased measurements are completed remove all bias by sliding the EXTERNAL BIAS switch OFF and if necessary pressing the SHIFT INT BIAS keys so that the BIAS ON indicator is NOT lit Disable the shorting routine See below 3 7 3 Suppression or Transients When measuring biased capacitors the time required for settling of transients in the measuring circuitry can usually be reduced by selecting the automatic shorting routine a special function as follows Select ENTER function and press 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 However if there is no bias the normal routine is faster To obtain it select ENTER function and press O 2 ISHIFT SPECIAL 3 NOTE This automatic shorting routine DOES NOT discharge the capacitor DUT It does short a capaci tance in the measurement circuit to help terminate the transient that results from connecting a DUT w
170. i uM EM E Mc M M M M E N 14 Sd dSoutine IVC as Ut IMIG iaicsiiessioiat a a A 17 Contniccine The DD T etie ie ett decade ee edid crt Eris ee tea er ee teres res 18 DM MURIS UU UU TUTUP 18 3 2 2 The 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture with 1689 9602 BNC Cable 18 3 2 3 Using the Test Fixture Adaptors for Axial Lead DUT seeeeeeeeeeeeese 19 324b 1657 9600 Banana Plug Extender Cable esee cedere totu bp OI ee Ep abb keenest 20 3 2 5 The 1689 9602 Extender Cable with bnc to Banana Plug Adaptors 21 3 206 The Effectsof Cable ang Prxture Capacitance eese et eletto itt aeter tudin 21 IA TOO OD MAN COZ t Rica eater Sa cs ioe ohn ouster dal nap ecac acme ceamon naan 22 3 5 1700503 Kekin C Hp C 3ble oo todos e tette pel NORD iat Marsus estie dota 23 3 2 0 7 O00 04 Alligator Tp Leads oem dnte seen treten deae en sa aede Du bue tase 24 3 2 10 Connection to HACS Z High Accuracy Decade Capacitor ccccccseesssssessseeeeeeees 25 3 2 11 Connection to 1482 Inductance Sra dat aue vie toco Fus Pen ros coute dta S udo Rav Ee ctda 27 3 2 12 Connection to 1409 Capacitance Standards ooo cota rete eo ie ede 28 3 2 13 Connection to 1404 Reference Standard CApac OE curii roter teu kot RR eave REerup endis 29 3 2 14 Connection to 1417 Capacitance Standard ai dean erai etas tte Se debes 30 2 2 15 Connectondo the T Decade Resistor i decboos um pR ibo sumen gu ERR INTER
171. icates 96 if display selection is delta Indicates PPM if Q or D display selection is parts per million QDRXBAng Display Digital display 5 numerals with decimal points If function is MEASURE display of secondary measured and negative sign when applicable value of if display is BIN NO blank If function is ENTER RLC QDR display together indicate programmed entries special functions status in calibration sequences etc POWER switch Pushbutton push again to release Switches the Digibridge ON button in and Off button out OFF position breaks both sides of the power circuit Other display panel LED indicators CONST indicates that a fixed current has been selected indicators CONST V indicates that measurement source resistance is fixed at 25 ohms RANGE HELD indicates that the autoranging is disabled NOT 1kHz indicates that a frequency other than 1kHz has been selected RATIO indicates that the ratio mode has been selected Selected Parameter LED indicators Indicated parameter selected for primary and secondary QDRXBAng display Introduction 3 1693 RLC Digibridge T Keyboard Group of keys indicators and 2 other switches Manual programming and control Refer to items 7 through 19 for more detail Programming Keys Set of 16 keys generally labeled with black Multipurpose input of programming instruction selections and gray and data Dual purposes of keys are indicated by color Black labels app
172. idge FUSESW D NOT REMOVE COVER OR BOTTOM CE NS CNOA SK UM SCO NCO 1 REF RSERVICINGTOQUALIFIEDPERSON EL CAUTION zn JONTINUEDPROTECTION AGAINST FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE FUSE AND RATING TALK LISTEN TALK ONLY EXTERNAL Tuc mei BIAS i 3 60 V MAX E eae Wa 210 mA MAX e OC J TN Teale tele Ne neem FLOATING SUPPLY CAUTION REPLACE FUSE IN BIAS CABLE ONLY WITH THE SAME STYLE FUSE AND RATING 250 V 0 2 A x Figure 1 4 Rear controls and connectors on 1693 Digibridge Reference 1 Name 9 9 Description Function 1 EXTERNAL BIAS Connector 2 pins labeled 60V max 200mA For External Bias supply Optional cable available 1658 Connector max 2450 Cable comes with a fuse 2 10 A 250V 3AG type fast blow 2 TALK switch Toggle switch Selection of mode of IEEE 488 interface TALK LISTEN or TALK ONLY as labeled Power Connector Shrouded 3 wire receptable labeled 90 AC power input 250VAC 50 60 Hz 60W MAX Fuse Fuse in power input module drawer 6 10 A Short circuit protection Replace only with the same rating 250V 5x20mm slow blow To replace press up on the release tab to remove fuse drawer RS 232 Interface RS 232 Interface for updating firmware of Firmware can be updated using standard RS232 cable and IEEE Card software from IET IEEE 488 Interface Socket 24 pin Received IEEE 488 interface Input Output connections according
173. in range However if you plan to measure small valued com ponents select a range that uses a small unit multiplier Enter the nominal value to be used by the Digibridge in the ratio calculations Notice that units and multiplier are displayed You can calculate what to enter as follows expected typical measurement corresponding ratio to be displayed nominal value to be entered 6 Enable ratio measurement measured value nominal as usual NOTE if you want the other ratio nominal measured value instead then the calculation in step 5 has to be the product expected measurement corresponding ratio 7 Select MEASURE function and proceed with measurements Display selections VALUE delta and deltaRLC will all display the ratio BIN NO will display the bin assign ment With a few strokes of the DISPLAY key it is easy to obtain both ratio and bin number for each DUT even without using the IEEE 488 interface Example 1 To sort 200 mF capacitors in bins of 5 10 and 20 Displays to be ratios that can be inter preted as Cp values in mF and dissipation factor D 1 Select units appropriate for the component A Select PARALLEL equivalent circuit and ENTER function B Press C D C Hold range 4 by pressing 4 SHIFT SPECIAL I 2 Setup nominal ratio to look like 200 mF by pressing 2 0 0 Z IL SHIFT NOM VAL 3 Setup symmetrical bins as stated above A 5 SHIFT B
174. information on connecting to a 1417 e CAPACITANCE uF Capacitance Standard see section 3 2 14 e TEST FREQUENCY 1 kHz NOTE For detailed information on connecting to the GR 1417 4 Terminal Capacitance Standard see section 3 2 14 RLC Display RLC Display Capacitor Digibridge St d C Uncorrected Correction Accept Setting Accuracy Accuracy Min Max See text able D Min Max 1 uF Used to determine K 10K 0085 0115 10 uF 022 07 9 991 10 009 10K 0085 0115 100 uF 04006 0796 99 89 100 11 100K 0085 0115 Table 5 7 Capacitance accuracy checks Range 4 Service and Maintenance 133 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 8 4 Resistance Measurement Accuracy This procedure follows after paragraph 5 8 3 Thus test frequency 1 kHz test voltage 1 V measure rate SLOW range held indicator is NOT lit and parameter Cs D is specified 134 With the Digibridge still connected to the 1657 9600 extender cable zero the Digibridge as follows A Leave the high red banana plug stack disconnected from the low black stack B Press FUNCTION key if necessary to select MEASURE C Press MEASURE MODE key if neces sary to select TRIGGERED mode D Press the Rs Q key E Press the following keys 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN F Confirm that the GO indicator is lit G Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 in from test fixture H Press the START button I Wait for the GO indicator to be lit J Connect t
175. ire bus wire 1689 9600 Test Fixture Open Circuit 18 AWG bus wire 1689 9600 Test Fixture Short Circuit Figure 3 6 Open and short measurements in 1689 9600 3 1 4 Routine Measurement 1 Verify or select measurement conditions as follows indicated by keyboard lights press the adjacent key to change a selection e Function MEASURE FUNCTION key a necessary selection Display VALUE DISPLAY key for normal RLC QDR results Measure rate SLOW IMEASURE RATE key for best accuracy Measure mode TRIGGERED IMEASURE MODE key optional Equivalent circuit SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key see paragraph 3 3 If you are in doubt about how to connect the device to be tested with the Digibridge refer to paragraph 3 2 below 2 To measure any passive component without knowing whether it is essentially a resistor inductor or capacitor use automatic pa rameter selection This feature is provided at power up and remains enabled as long as you do NOT select any particular parameter Automatic parameter selection can be disabled by pressing the C D key for example Once disabled this feature can be enabled again by selecting the ENTER function and then pressing these keys Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge I SHIFT SPECIAL 7 3 Place DUT in test fixture Press START See note below The RLC display and units indicat
176. isplay rather than an invalid measurement result 102 When Expected This resonance effect can be expected when large values of inductance are being measured at high frequency In particular if the Digibridge is autoranging this effect can be expected in range 1 under any of the following 4 equivalent conditions A representative value of L that will cause selection of range 1 is indicated in parentheses beside each condition Without extender cable f gt 3 8 kHz L 1 H at 4 kHz With 1657 9600 cable banana plugs f 1 1 kHz L gt 3H at 1 2 kHz With 1689 9602 cable BNC BNC f gt 2 kHz L gt 2 H at 2 kHz With any other cable and remote test fixture use the following formula f gt 770 200 C where f is in kHz C is stray capacitance outside of the Digibridge from the high Ih Ph terminal to ground guard expressed in pF Measurement will be on range 1 if L 4 f This resonance effect can also be expected under some conditions of high frequency measurement with range 1 held but the inductance of the DUT appropriate for range 2 The effect is NOT expected with autoranging in ranges 2 3 4 unless stray capacitance 1s consider ably larger than that ofthe 1657 9600 extender cable It is possible for valid measurement with a slight reduction in accuracy to be made under conditions very close to those that will trigger the LC resonance failure display Such a measurement can be expec
177. it or just removed e Watch or clock with digital display of seconds 1693 RLC Digibridge With the watch or clock time the interval between the next two keystrokes The number of measurements made while the function is MEASURE will automatically be stored in bin sum for bin 01 A Press FUNCTION key to select MEASURE function B Wait 60 seconds C Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER function D Press SHIFT BIN SUM 0 1 Read the left hand display which is the num ber of measurements made in 60 seconds 5 accuracy of timing is assumed Use this number as x in the following formula retain these results Note the right hand display should be 1 the bin number being reported Measurement time T 60 000 milliseconds x For example if x 56 then T 1034 ms 5 or a sweep second hand A suitable DUT such as the 24 9 ohm Calibration Resistor used in the examples see below 5 Clear all bin sum registers by pressing SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 1 4 Note The Digibridge should confirm the clearing action by displaying in the left hand display area 6 Press MEASURE RATE key to select MEDIUM rate Repeat the procedure of steps 3 4 5 as summarized below for this rate A Time the interval between the next two NOTE The readings can be expected to vary 5 from the examples given mostly because the manual timing method is liable to such errors The method is adequate for the pur
178. ith bias 3 8 Bin Sorting and Go No Go Results 3 8 1 Introduction to Binning Sorting Based on Limit Comparisons If a group of similar DUTS are to be measured it 1s often convenient to use the limit comparison capa bility of the Digibridge to categorize the parts This can be done in lieu of or in addition to recording the measured value of each part For example the instrument can be used to sort a group of nominally 2 2 uF capacitors into bins of 2 5 10 20 lossy rejects and other rejects Or it can assign DUTs to bins of for example a 5 series such as 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 7 uF etc The bin assignments can be displayed for guidance in hand sorting Up to 13 regular bins are provided for categories of the prin 62 cipal measurement RLC in addition to a bin for rejects in the secondary measurement QDR and a bin for all other rejects total 15 bins Manually entered limits are normally entered in pairs defining the upper and lower limits of a bin in the form of nominal value and percent above and below that nominal If only one percent value is entered for a bin the limit pair is symmetrical such as 2 To set up a non symmetrical pair of limits two percent values must be entered the higher one first Any overlapping portion of 2 bins is automati cally assigned to the lower numbered bin For simple GO NO GO testing set up a QDR limit and one regular bin Entry of limits i
179. ivalent key none OPC Syntax OPC 89 1693 RLC Digibridge Description Description Sets the OPC bit bit 0 of the Standard Event Reads the value of the Status Byte register Status Register when all pending operations have completed or ended Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent legacy command l one Equivalent key none Equivalent key REE TST Syntax RST TST Syntax Description RST Initiates self test and returns 0 if all tests passed or m error code if any test failed Description Resets Digibridge settings to Turn On Conditions Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent legacy command P2 Equivalent key none Equivalent key none WAI SRE Syntax WAJI Syntax SRE numeric Description SRE Waits until all commands previously sent have o completed Description Sets the value of the Service Request Enable Equivalent legacy command Register SRE reads the current value of the none service Request Enable Register l Equivalent key Parameter none Value Description Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none STB Syntax STB 90 Operation 3 11 11 Example Programming Zero Open ibwrt SYST RES ibwrt CONF PAR CD ibwrt CONF OUTP RLC ibwrt CONF CIRC PAR ibwrt CONF AVER 10 ibwrt SYST CAL OPEN ibwrt MEAS ibrd 100 Zero Short ibwrt SYST RES ibwrt CONF PAR RQ ibwrt CONF OUTP RLC ibwrt
180. l levels in this instrument are normally near zero logic low about 43 5 to 5 V logic high or rapidly switching between these states Failure of a digital source often produces a dc voltage of about 2 V on a signal line Use high impedance probes in measur ing Use a scope as well as a voltmeter because an average of 2 V may be normal for a digital signal that has a duty cycle near 50 Duplicated circuit and resistor networks Some circuits as in the display board for example are duplicated several times The ICs can usually be exchanged between a faulty circuit and a functional one to identify a bad IC Notice also that the re sistor networks DB Z2 DB Z10 are simply compact packages of 220 ohm resistors If one resistor 1s open it is not necessary to replace the entire package Use a 5 resistor Circuit board replacement Refer to paragraph 5 3 for recommended procedures to obtain replacements Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge Power Up Self Check Upon power up the Digibridge performs a self check sequence as explained in para graph 3 13 If a self check failure occurs the instru ment display will indicate the nature of the failure For more detail refer to paragraph 5 7 2 below Telltale symptoms Scan the following group of symp toms for a preliminary analysis of trouble and sug gestions for more detailed procedures if applicable Display A perpetually blank digit or decimal point
181. l help 1s required IET Labs Inc 534 Main Street Westbury NY 11590 Phone 800 899 8438 Fax 516 334 5988 Email sales ietlabs com 111 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 4 Performance Verification 5 4 1 Overview This procedure is recommended for verifying that the Digibridge is performing normally No other check is generally necessary because this procedure checks operation of nearly all of the circuitry If the Digibridge passes this performance verification it is safe to assume that the instrument is functional However to insure accuracy refer to section 5 8 Accuracy Verification All tests are done at 1 kHz 1 volt NOT CONSTANT and at SLOW measure rate so that basic bridge ac curacy is realized The accuracy of each verification is therefore 0 02 plus the tolerance of the verifying DUT which is discussed below Table 5 1 lists the necessary resistors capacitors and inductors The most accurate ones available should be used toler ances listed are the best commonly catalogued There are no calibrations and only one adjustment that may be required and the internal standards are very stable This procedure checks at least one point on each of the four measurement ranges oe Resistance 49 9 Q Metal Film 0 1 Resistors 499 Q 4 99 kO 49 9 kO 499 kO Capacitance 10 UF Metalized Polyester 0 33 uF Polystyrene Capacitors CS C 6 100pF WC 0 033 uF 0 0033 uF Ferrite core 2 LS 400A 1
182. l reversal for low freq Q1 hum rejection REVersal Shorting between measurements Signal reversal SHORting REVShorting Quick acquisition feature Quick acquisition amp shorting QUICk QSHorting Sets the nominal value Real value in ohms henries farads lt numeric gt N lt numeric gt Front panel display digit blanking Eliminate lt a gt digits from RLC aaa and lt b gt digits from QDR ae the limit entries for binning lt numeric gt Bin B lt numeric gt O lt a gt lt b gt H lt numeric gt L lt numeric gt Enables or disables bin summary output DiSable Disable output EO ENABle Enable output RESet Reset bin E2 summary to 0 Command Parameters OUTPut DATaformat SWITch KEYPad RES Tart CALibration Sets the data to output via GPIB RS 232 ww we o m eme e QBIN QDR Bin Ca RBIN RLC Bin Ca RLC QDR CENE RLC QDR Bin Disi E on FAIL only Same on FAIL PODRAS Bin on PASS Selects GPIB Selects GPIB RS 232 output data format RS 232 Selects GPIB RS 232 output data format data format Normal ASCII not compacted Compacted binary format Enables or disables the manual start switch ENABle DISable ASCii BINary Enable switch Disable switch W1 Enables or disables the front panel keypad Unlock enable keypad Lock disable keypad ENABIe DISable Resets settings to turn on conditions
183. llows 1 Perform the zeroing procedure both open circuit and short circuit as described in para graph 5 9 2 of the recalibration procedure 2 Make the following test setup and keyboard selections FUNCTION MEASURE DISPLAY VALUE MEASURE RATE SLOW MEASURE MODE CONT EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES Install a 10 kilohm resistor as the DUT 4 Use an oscilloscope to verify that the signal at the right hand end of the DUT in the test fixture is a sine wave as follows For scope ground return connect to the ground plane on the circuit board or via a 6 32 screw to the tapped hole in the left hand end of the test fixture Frequency 1 kHz Amplitude approx 1 5 Vpk pk U9 Control Signals 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 7 6 Front End Amplifiers and Switches Ifa discrepancy is found check similarly at the R Std signal check point as described in Table 5 4 The signal should be the same as listed in step 4 above for U59 pin 14 for the particular DUT and range Nom Source Signal Source ENGI RNGO LSRC Range Resistance Check Point 4 25 ohm U39 pin 12 1 1 d 400 ohm U22 pin ld 1 i i 2 6 4 kohm U32 pin 15 1 1 1 1 87 4 kohm U32 pin 11 Table 5 3 Source range switching checks Nomi nal R Std Control Signals Standard Signal RNG ENGO LSTD Range Resistance Check Point Pe 0 0 a 4 35 ohm Usg pin 12 1 1 3 400 ohm 56 pin I4 1 0 1 2 5 07 kohm U56 pin 15 1 i 1 I 9
184. ly normally Gray labels apply immediately after you press and release the SHIFT key FUNCTION key Indicators MEASURE and ENTER Selection of function MEASURE enables measurement and some routines that cannot be done in ENTER such as ZERO calibrations keyboard lock or unlock and part of full recalibration ENTER enables programming of all special functions current frequency voltage averaging delay nominal value and binning instructions Either function allows selection of hold range constant voltage DQ in ppm internal bias parameter equivalent circuit measure mode measure rate and display DISPLAY key Indicators VALUE delta BIN NO Selection of displays for MEASURE function refer to items 1 2 and 3 for description of displays Two indicators are lit simultaneously for delta RLC This key has no effect on ENTER function displays MEASURE RATE key Indicators SLOW MED FAST Selection of measurement speed as indicated Speed is also affected by many other choices Use SLOW for better accuracy and FAST for increased measurement speed 12 MEASURE MODE key Indicators CONT TRIGGERED Mode selection CONT continuously repeating measurement TRIGGERED single measurement initiated by START button 13 BIAS ON Indicator LED indicator Indicates that internal bias in on or EXTERNAL BIAS switch is ON 14 EXTERNAL BIAS Slide switch 2 positions ON and OFF To connect and disconnect the external bias circuit Exte
185. mandates that manufacturers provide a material contents declaration of electronic products IET s materials are listed below Hazardous Substances Part Name Lead Mercury Cadnmum Hexavalent Polybrominated Polybromodiphenyl Chromium Biphenyls Ethers L Pb Hg Cd cCf PBB PBDE Ee c x X cxx c ce qu o coo Ens c qoe xw c x Ee ow qo qp c umi O indicates that the level of the specified chemical substance is less than the threshold level specified in the standards X indicates that the level of the specified chemical substance exceeds the threshold level specified in the standards IET Labs has not fully transitioned to lead free solder assembly at this moment however most of the components used are RoHS compliant The environment friendly usage period of the product is assumed under the operating environment specified in each product S specification xii Safety Information 1693 RLC Digibridge ABBREVIATED SPECIFICATIONS Features The world s de facto standard for ac resistance low frequency inductance and capacitance measurement 0 02 accuracy for R L C G Z and Y 0 0001 accuracy for Dissipation and Q 11 Impedance Parameters Programmable test frequencies from 12 Hz to 200 kHz for testing versatility Programmable test voltages from 5 mV to 1 275 V Dual display featuring 5 digit readout for RLC and 4 digit readout for D and Q Extremely reliable over 30 years of history Optional IEEE 488 int
186. means that a signal overload occurred during RANGE HELD or while measuring on Range 4 Otherwise if a signal overload occurs on range I 2 or 3 and range is NOT held this failure display is not shown instead the Digibridge will change to the next higher numbered range and try again Signal overload can result from any of five causes RANGE HELD and CONSTANT VOLTAGE with impedance value too low for the range Transient voltage from charged capacitor Transient due to application of bias voltage Hardware failure LC resonance effect measuring inductance 3 13 3 Failure Display due to Abnormal Measurement Cycle 22222 zzzz The Digibridge will abort the measure ment and provide this display if there 1s even once during a measurement a converter detector malfunc tion such that the integrator s conversion cannot be completed There are two versions of this failure 22222 2222 The cycle is too long Integrator volt age does not return to zero in reasonable time 22222 1111 The cycle is too short Integrator voltage was already zero or wrong polarity when conversion began 3 13 4 Failure Display due to LC Resonance A display of O 14 or 22222 1111 can occur in place of the expected L and Q because the inductor being measured resonates with measuring circuit ca pacitance Resonance can cause an overload of the converter detector The Digibridge thus presents an easily noticed failure d
187. ment voltage level to real value in numeric volts Equivalent legacy command V lt numeric gt Equivalent key voltage SHIFT VOLTAGE Operation CONFigure CURRent Syntax CONFigure CURRent numeric Description Set the measurement constant current level Parameter Value Description numeric Set measurement current to real value in mA Equivalent legacy command i lt numeric gt Equivalent key current SHIFT CONST I CONFigure BIAS Syntax CONFigure BIAS OFF ON 0 1 Description Enables or disables DC bias Parameter Value Description Disables the DC bias Enables the DC bias Equivalent legacy command UO U1 Equivalent key 0 or 1 SHIFT SPECIAL INT BIAS CONFigure ROUTine Syntax CONFigure ROUTine NORMal REVersal SHORt ing REVShortint QUICk QSHorting Description Set the measurement routine Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter Value Description J Normal routine highest speed REVersal Signal reversal use for low frequency hum rejection Shorting between measurements used for reducing transient recovery SHOR ting time within measuring circuit when measuring with bias NOT FOR DISCHARGING THE DUT REVShorting Signal reversal and shorting between measurements QUICk Quick acquisition feature QSHorting Quick acquisition amp shorting Equivalen
188. mpedance complete recalibration of the internal standards for each measurement range may be performed by using the optional 1689 9604 Calibration Kit and either a 1689 9600 Test Fixture Impedance Ranges The direct reading display ranges for R L C G Table B Range versus internal source Z and Y are given in Table A These ranges may resistance be extended by using the RATIO mode which The programmed level is obtained under an open multiplies or divides the measured result by an circuit condition The actually applied voltage can entered number but does not display a unit These be determined as follows extended ranges are also shown These ranges A source resistance Rs internal to the meter is exceed by far any practical values and the accuracy effectively connected in series with the AC output capability of the instrument The D and Q ranges are and there is a voltage drop across this resistor When not changed by the RATIO mode nor is the range of a test device is connected the voltage applied to the R when displayed with C X with R or B with G device depends on the value of the source resistor Rs and the impedance value of the device As an example where Range 4 is used which has a source impedance Rs of 25 ohms and the programmed voltage is 1 V but the voltage to the DUT is 0 5 V Abbreviated Specifications XV 1693 RLC Digibridge Deana Range selection Range posu e dp d Autoranging with manual hold 0 00001
189. n To choose this display press SHIFT DQ in PPM so that the PPM indicator is lit To disable this op tion repeat the same keystrokes so that the indicator is NOT lit Units of D and Q in PPM are dimension less and are expressed as a decimal ratio with the multiplier of 1 000 000 understood To obtain D or Q in percent from the DQ in PPM display place a decimal point four places to the left of its under stood position at the right hand end of the display For example a DQ in PPM display of D 120 ppm is equivalent to 0 012 Operation 3 3 6 Ratio Displays Virtual Range Extensions and Conductance Measurements The Digibridge can easily be programmed to display the principal test result R L C G Z Y in the form of a ratio instead of the actual measured value The ratio is either measured value stored nominal value or the reciprocal of that By suitable choice of the nominal value you can obtain virtual range exten sions for measurement of very large values or for fine resolution in measurement of very small values One use of the ratio display capability is to obtain results in terms of a multiple of some reference which can be obtained if desired by measuring a real reference DUT For Very Large R L or G Another use of the ra tio display is to obtain measurements of very high values in high overrange 1 e exceeding 99999 of the highest range For example consider the measurement of capa
190. n additional bins will define additional GO conditions Be sure the unused bins are dosed Bins 0 thru 13 are initially zero at power up This means that the default QDR limit is all fail for D Rs and Q with R it is all pass for Rp or Q with L and that bins through 13 are initially closed The test frequency can be selected after limits are entered before any particular measurement 3 8 2 Sorting Methods The figures illustrate 2 basic methods of sorting nested and sequential Nested limits are the natural choice for sorting by tolerance around a single nomi nal value The lower numbered bins must be narrower than the higher numbered ones Symmetrical limit pairs are shown but unsymmetrical ones are possible For example range AB could be assigned to bin 3 and range FG to bin 4 by use of unsymmetrical limit pairs in these bins Sequential limits on the other hand are the natural choice for sorting by nominal value Any overlap is assigned to the lower numbered bin any gap between bins defaults to bin 14 The usual method of entry uses a redefined nominal value for each bin with a symmetrical pair of limits If it 1s necessary to define bins without overlap or gaps use a single nominal value and unsymmetrical limit pairs It is possible to set up one or more tighter tolerance bins within each member of a sequence Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Bin 3 Bin
191. nRad CN DUT 1409 Y 1 0 uF STANDARD CAPACITOR A A CAUTION Sealed Unit Do not dril case Temp Coefficient 20 ppm C for 10 C to 50 C Operating Temperature 10 C to 70 C Maximum Voltage 500 V Peak up to 17 kHz TYPE 1409 9725 Formerly manufactured by GenRad IET Figure 3 23 Connection to 1409 Standard Capacitor Operation 3 2 13 Connection to 1404 Reference Standard Capacitor Note These same instructions also apply to 1403 1408 and 1422 Connection to the 1404 Reference Standard Capacitor can be accomplished using the 1689 9602 BNC to BNC cables two BNC T connectors and two GR 874 adapters 1f applicable Open and Short compensa tion should be performed The connections shown are applicable for 1403 1408 and 1422 Standard Capacitors as well 1693 RLC Digibridge Measurement of capacitor standards is similar to measurements of inductors using a direct compari son method The unknown is simply compared to a standard capacitor of almost equal value that has a NIST calibration and the measured difference is used to obtain the value of the unknown This technique is straight forward when dealing with three or four terminal standards as cable geometry and stray ca pacitance issues are negligible dep 1693 RLC DigiBridge 4000 0 000
192. nd there is a higher impedance range In either case an appropriate range change will improve accuracy If there is no appropriate range to change to the status is range end ex tension see below Range limits are different if CONSTANT VOLTAGE OR CONSTANT CURRENT has been selected see panaeravh 3 5 6 Range l end extension if DUT impedance exceeds that of the largest R or L smallest 0 in basic range 1 Range 4 end extension if DUT impedance is less than that of the smallest R or L largest 0 in basic range 4 No possibility of changing range to improve accuracy Jf the measurement is outside of the display range display goes blank 9999999 is output in this numeric field 92 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Sequence p Characters Status space Normal Operation Overrange held reduced accuracy Invalid measurement due to signal overload Parameter Quality factor Dissipation factor Resistance Reactance Susceptance Angle Units space O Ohms space kO Kiloohms 2 space S Siemens space mS Millisiemens 5 7 space uS Microsiemens deg Degrees ppm Part per million for D Q or Angle C Dimensionless for Q or D 16 17 E SPC Sign space Positive Value Negative Value Number 0123456789 Measured number right justified in format field like the QDR space display except the zero before the decimal point is explicitly provided and this number can be as long as six characters The standard carriage retu
193. ne SYSTem COMMunicate SERial STOPbits Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERial STOPbits 1 2 Description Set the number of RS 232 serial interface stop bits Parameter Value Description 1 stop bit Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none SYSTem COMMunicate SERial HANDshake Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERial HANDshake NONe XON HARDware MODem Description Set the RS 232 serial interface handshake Parameter Value Description XOn XOff software handshake HARDware Hardware handshake Modem handshake Equivalent legacy command none Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Equivalent key none SYSTem ERRor NEXT Syntax SYSTem ERRor NEXT Description Reads the error message Query only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none SYSTem VERSion Syntax SYSTem VERSion Description Reads the instrument version Query only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none STATus OPERation EVENt Syntax STATus OPERation EVENt Description Reads the value of the Operation Status Event Register Query Only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none 87 1693 RLC Digibridge STATus OPERation CONDition Syntax STATus OPERation CONDition Description Reads the value of the Operation Status Condition Register Query Only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key
194. nless and are expressed as a decimal ratio without multiplier unless you se lect DQ IN PPM in which case D or Q is expressed in parts per million see below To obtain D or Qin percent from the regular display move the decimal point two places to the right For example a regular display of D 0045 is equivalent to 0 45 1693 RLC Digibridge Freq Up to 0 1kHz Range 1 2 3 4 l 2 3 Parameter R Z K K ohm ohnt K K ohm L H H H uH H H oH G oF nF uF uF pF nF oF C R oF nF F uF nF of of G Y uS m5 mS S uS mS mS ss sss im m m S88 SS Ses K represents kilohms From 0 1 to 6kHz B RE From 6 to 20kHz Above 20kHz 1 2 3 4 1 2 4 4 K K ohm ohm K ohm ohm H wind m MH oH oH pF nF nF nF pF nF oF nF oF nF uF nF nF of u5 m m S mS mS 5 Range 1 is not used if frequency 1s above 20kHz For C in nF R is in kilohms For C in uF R is in ohms Table 3 6 Units and Multipliers for Each Range Decimal Point Position The decimal point is auto matically positioned for maximum resolution 1 e so that the first significant digit or the first zero after the decimal point 1s in the first position in the display with a few exceptions as listed below Of course displays on low underrange or low extension of a held range may have a number of necessary zeros to right of the decimal point and therefore reduced number of significant digits compared to the display area becau
195. none STATus OPERation ENABle Syntax STATus OPERation ENABle lt numeric gt STATus OPERation ENABle Description sets the Operation Enable Mask Register to speci fied numeric value STATus OPERation ENABle reads the current value of the Operation Enable Mask Register without clearing the register value Parameter Value Description Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none STATus QUEStionable EVENt Syntax STATus QUEStionable EVENt Description Reads the value of the Questionable Status Event Register Query Only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none 88 STATus QUEStionable CONDition Syntax STATus QUEStionable CONDition Description Reads the value of the Questionable Status Condition Register Query Only Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none STATus QUEStionable ENABle Syntax STATus QUEStionable ENABle numeric STATus QUEStionable ENABle Description Sets the Questionable Enable Mask Register to specified numeric value STATus QUEStionable ENABle reads the current value of the Questionable Enable Mask Register without clearing the register value Parameter Value Description Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none STATus PRESet Syntax S TATus PRESet Description Enables all required event reporting Equivalent legacy command none Eq
196. not significant for the specified accuracy of the instrument See further comment with step 21 below 13 Similarly make the other checks indicated in Table 5 2 under the R Q parameter checks number 2 3 4 5 14 Press C D 15 Insert as DUT the first capacitor specified in Table 5 2 check number 6 16 Verify that the displays are within the ex tremes shown for check number 6 in Table 5 2 if the capacitor is within the tolerance listed in Table 5 1 17 Similarly make the other checks indicated in Table 5 2 under the C D parameter checks number 6 7 8 9 In check number 8 verify that the fifth digit is reason ably stable as follows Notice that the fourth digit 1s the last significant one in the readout for 0 02 percent accuracy In check number 8 the flickering of the fifth digit should stay typically between 2 counts For example if the display is 330 1X uF the X 113 1693 RLC Digibridge might flicker between 2 and 4 If for example X is flickering between 9 and 11 it will of course cause a flickering of the preceding digit 330 19 and 330 21 In such a case the correct readout is the larger 4 digit number 330 2 and the fifth digit is acceptably stable 18 Press L Q 19 Insert as DUT the first inductor specified in Table 5 2 check number 10 20 Verify that the displays are within the ex tremes shown for check number 10 in Table 5 2 if the inductor is within the
197. ns are explained above particularly in para graphs 3 3 3 4 3 8 3 9 3 10 and most of these commands are related to them in an obvious way Zero calibration by remote control is similar to the manual procedure The Z1 command is equivalent to manually keying 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN It is necessary to allow the Digibridge to reach range 1 It must not be held on another range The test fixture must be physically open circuited Zero cali bration is initiated by a GO command equivalent to pressing START which should not be followed by other commands until the Digibridge responds with SRQ The purpose of the Z0 command is to defeat the preceding Z1 command as you might wish to do if the Z1 was sent by mistake Limit entry commands are interpreted in relation to the previously established parameter send the M command first Use the limit entry commands in the tabulated sequence except that nominal value need not be repeated after once being entered Notice that f n h and 1 in the table are E notation numbers containing any number of digits with op tional use of decimal point and optional use of power of ten multiplier Do NOT omit the semicolon after each of these Refer to the table The letter n in the table is nominal value in base units ohms farads or henries For example nominal value can be set to 543 2 pF by the command N543 21E 12 74 Limits
198. nt rate and verify that the resulting measure ments are satisfactory Disconnect the 1689 9600 BNC T GR874 connectors extender cable from the capacitor and the Digibridge E Press these keys deliberately 1 6 9 3 NOTE Whenever doing short circuit or open circuit SHIFT OPEN zeroing remember that the GO light to watch is the F Confirm that the GO indicator is lit Press one on the keyboard not on any remote test fixture the START button for example G Keep hands and objects at least 10 cm 4 in from test fixture H Wait for the GO indicator to be lit I Connect the two type 874 tees together For more information on connecting to a HACS Z capacitance substituter see section 3 2 10 Service and Maintenance 131 1693 RLC Digibridge HACS Z 1693 Digibridge Measure ACOUTAC Lower Upper QDR Rate Y Limit Limit Max 10 pF 5 05 0 22 10 527 6100 ppm 100 pF 0 55 0 04 100 59 2500 ppm 1500 pF 0 083 0 021 1501 6 700 ppm 1500 pF 0 083 0 053 1502 1 1000 ppm 1500 pF 0 083 0 128 1503 2 1700 ppm 6400 pF 0 058 0 020 6405 0 500 ppm Setting Accuracy Range 0 055 0 020 10 008 500 ppm 0 052 0 020 25 018 500 ppm 0 052 0 050 25 026 800 ppm 0 052 0 120 25 043 1500 ppm 0 051 0 020 100 07 500 ppm 200 nF 0 020 200 14 600 ppm 400 nF 0 020 400 28 600 ppm 400 nF 0 050 400 40 900 ppm 400 nF 0 120 400 68 1600 ppm 1000 pF 0 020 1000 7 600 ppm These ranges of acceptable displays are bas
199. ntegration failure 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 77777 6666 DMSR U27 pin 8 is stuck high Integration failure 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel Figure 5 10 Timing diagram of the power up self check 124 Service and Maintenance 77777 5555 FCOUNT is not toggling U27 pins 9 40 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 77777 3333 DMSR U27 pin 8 is stuck low Integration failure 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 77777 2222 CMP L U64 pin 8 is stuck high Deintegration failure 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 77777 1111 DBIG U27 pin 2 is stuck high Deintegration failure 1689 4702 Analog amp Control board requires service by trained personnel 66666 XXXX Stuck key or detector scale factor and Zero bias test failure the Digibridge will loop auto matically repeating the test and updating the display XXXXX is the magnitude of zero measurement normalized to 1 COMMENT The zero measurement includes a se quence of five dual slope conversions measurements of voltage coming into the detector from the instru mentation amplifier Frequency is kHz test signal level is 75 mV The signal component is removed by averaging the results of two dual slope conversions sampled in opposite phases
200. ntegration times point Constant Value in mA ft Floating i Current point Table 3 18 Legacy IEEE 488 1 Digibridge Commands Notes Parameters in bold are default power on or P2 reset settings Commands in italic are available only on the Digibridge 1693 model ndicates lower case character e Delay command must be entered after frequency command Inverting this sequence will cause delay to revert to its default value e Lower case i Operation 3 11 9 IEEE 488 2 SCPI Digibridge Command Summary The IEEE 488 2 SCPI commands are used to com municate with the Digibridge via the IEEE 488 or RS232 serial interfaces replacing and or supplement ing the legacy commands CONFigure Selects the measured parameter Q Inductance L Q D Capacitance C D R Capacitance C R Resistance R Q Inductance L Q ppm Capacitance C D ppm O r O MO M1 M2 M3 LQPPm M4 CDPPm Capacitance CRPPm C R ppm O N C1 Resistance R Q ppm Automatic selection of R Q C D or L Q 4 5 6 T PARameter RQPPm O Impedance Z ZANG ANG K Admittance Y ANG Impedance Z ANG ppm Admittance Y K ANG ppm Selects the measured equivalent circuit CIRCuit PARallel Parallel CO I APERture SLOW YANG K ZAPPm K YAPPm Ram i Operation DISPlay BINRatio FUNCtion RANGe DELay ITFactor AV ERage FREQuency VOLTage 1693 RL
201. ntil non Zero percent limits are inserted Allowable Limits Max of 6 significant figures for nominal value and percent up to 99999 9 Bin Order Optional except for nested bins be sure the narrower limit pairs go into lower numbered bins because all overlap goes to the lower numbered bin Inhibiting Comparisons To inhibit all comparisons set nominal value to zero Then GO NO GO indica tors stay off Subsequent setting of nominal value to any number except zero enables all comparisons as previously set up To inhibit QDR comparisons set bin 0 to the all pass extreme 1 e to 0000 for Rp or Q with L to 9999 for D or Rs or Q with R Operation NOTE When POWER is switched ON if the key board is not locked nominal value is initialized at zero Therefore all bin sorting 1s initially inhibited Changing Entries Enter new value s or a zero to delete obsolete or erroneous nominal value or bin limits Do not attempt to change or enter a single separate upper or lower limit in a bin because any single percentage entered for a bin will be interpreted as a symmetrical pair of limits Changing nominal value does not change any limits but does determine the base for subsequent limit entries for specific bins After function is changed to MEASURE this nominal value will also serve as reference for delta percent measurements RLC Unit Selection In limit entry procedures it is NOT necessary to select the
202. oard settings and programmed nominal values and bin limits can be stored in non volatile memory for automatic reentry upon power up Self Check diagnostics Self tests are performed during power up to verify proper operation and validity of calibration Coded error signals on the display notify the operator if a problem is encountered Abbreviated Specifications 1693 RLC Digibridge Special functions Several special features may be selected including Direct Range Setting Range Extension RATIO mode ntegration Time e Blanking of lesser digits e Signal reversal for hum removal under adverse conditions A Median value routine Automatic parameter selection Quick acquisition routine Choice of data output on IEEE bus nterface Option IEEE 488 Bus 1689 9640 Zeroing Open and short circuit compensation Power 90 250 Vac 50 60 Hz 60 W max Environmental conditions Operating conditions 0 to 50 C lt 85 RH Storage conditions 45 C to 75 C Dimensions 43 8 cn W x 14 3 cm H x 38 5 em D 17 3 x 5 6 x 13 2 Weight 6 4 kg 14 Ibs Supplied accessories Power cable 1689 9602 bnc to bnc extender cable 1 meter Instruction manual Calibration certificate traceable to SI Optional accessories 1700 03 Kelvin Test Leads 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads 1 Meter 7000 05 Chip Component Tweezers 1689 9602 2 bnc bnc Extender Cable 2 Meter 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture 1689 9640 IEEE Digibridge Int
203. objects at least 10 cm from fixture contacts Press START to initialize zeroing operation Wait until the GO indicator lights Press 1 6 9 3 SHIFT SHORT Press START to initialize zeroing operation I Wait until the GO indicator lights again NOTE For maximum accuracy this zeroing procedure should be performed at the start of each day and every time the fixture configuration is changed Oo tH Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 9 Press the MEASURE MODE key to select CONT continuous measurements 10 Press R Q 11 Insert as DUT the first resistor specified in Table 5 2 12 Verify that the displays are within the ex tremes shown for check number 1 in Table 5 2 if the resistor 1s within the tolerance listed in Table 5 1 NOTE ON TOLERANCES Acceptable performance of the instrument is bracketed by the set of display extremes in Table 5 2 These are defined as the nominal ideal measurements plus or minus the sum of the instrument accuracy tolerances and the DDT accuracy tolerance or slightly more If the accuracy of your DDT is different from the recommendation revise the acceptable extremes accordingly Notice that this performance verification is NOT intended to prove the accuracy of the instrument NOTE ON INSIGNIFICANT FIGURES The right hand digit s of the display may be expected to flicker and change with the automatically repeating mea surements if they are
204. ogramming Address The initial setting of address provided by the factory is binary 00011 decimal 3 Consequently the talk address command MTA is C in ASCII code and similarly the listen address command MIA is 7 Ifa different address pair is desired set it manually using the following procedure Installation AN WARNING N Shock hazard and static electricity can cause damage Disassembly should be preformed by qualified personnel only 1 Take the Digibridge to a qualified electronic technician who has the necessary equipment for minor disassembly and adjustment Have the electronic technician remove the interface option assembly as described in his 1693 Digibridge Service instructions There is no need to remove the top cover first 2 Have the electronic technician set the switches in DIP switch assembly S2 to the desired address which is a 5 bit binary number See below Figure 2 3 DIP switch set to Decimal Address 3 3 Have the electronic technician replace the interface option assembly in its former place Notice that S2 1s located at the end of the interface option board about 3 cm 1 in from the TALK switch S1 If S2 is covered A Lift the cover off exposing the DIP switch which has 5 tiny switches num bered 1 thru 5 B To enter logical l s depress the side of each switch nearest the end of the board switch open C To enter logical 0 s depress the other
205. ohms Series FAST 018 125 24 964 to 25 036 90 00 ohms Series SLOW 012 020 89 971 to 90 029 200 0 ohms Series SLOW 011 020 199 94 to 200 06 400 0 obms Series SLOW 01 020 399 88 to 400 12 400 0 ohms Series MED 0196 05085 399 76 to 400 24 400 0 ohms Series FAST 0196 120 399 48 to 400 52 1500 ohms Parallel SLOW 01 02076 1499 5 to 1500 5 2000 ohms Parallel SLOW 01 020 1999 4 to 2000 6 6400 ohms Parallel SLOW 0196 020 6398 1 to 6401 9 6400 ohms Parallel MED 01 050 6396 2 to 6403 8 6400 ohms Parallel FAST 0198 12075 6391 6 to 6408 4 24 kilohms Parallel SLOW 0195 02005 23 993 to 24 007 30 kilohms Parallel SLOV 01 020 29 991 to 30 009 100 kilohms Parallel SLOW 01 02196 99 97 to 100 03 100 kilohms Parallel MED 0195 053 99 94 to 100 06 100 kilohms Parallel FAST 01 126 99 86 to 100 14 f the calibrated value of the resistance standard is slightly different from the nominal value or if the standard 5 accuracy is different from the typical accuracy correct the acceptable extremes accordingly Table 5 8 Resistance accuracy checks at 1 kHz 5 8 5 3 Before measurement zero the Digibridge as follows A Keep the high banana plug stack sepa This procedure follows after paragraph 5 8 4 Thus rated from the low stack test frequency 1 kHz test voltage 1 V measure B Press FUNCTION key if necessary to rate SLOW range held indicator is NOT lit and select MEASURE function C
206. oltage at the high impedance end of each 1693 RLC Digibridge measurement range and lower at the low impedance end Normally the smallest voltage across the DUT if its impedance is 6 25 ohms or more will be 20 of the source voltage this is the case for resistors measured at the low end of each range Refer to Table 3 7 for details This table is similar to the table of range constants in the specifications However the extreme limits are given here on ranges and 4 For example what is the voltage across the DUT if it is al uF capacitor Assume the test frequency is 1 kHz the test voltage is 1 0 V the CONSTANT VOLTAGE indicator is NOT lit and the RANGE HELD indicator is NOT lit The Digibridge will measure on range 3 with 1 0 V behind source resistance of 400 ohms The DUT reactance is 159 ohms and the voltage across itis 370 mV For comparison what is the voltage across the same DUT if you select CONSTANT VOLTAGE see para graph 3 4 3 or if range 4 1s held In either case the source 1 0 V is behind 25 ohms The voltage across the DUT is 988 mV Source j Principal Measured Parameter Range Resistance Resistance Capacitance Inductance max 99999 K min 00001 pF max 99999 H 1 97 4 kohms mid 102K mid 1600 pF f mid 16 H f min 25 6 K max 6400 pF f min 4 1 H f max 25 6 K min 6 4 nF f max 4100 mH f 2 6 4 kohms mid 6 4K mid 25 3 nF f mid 1025 mH f min 1 6K max 100 nF f min 256 mH f max 1600 ohms min 100
207. on 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter Value BDescripton ENABle Unlock enable keypad DISable Lock disable keypad Equivalent legacy command K0 K1 Equivalent key none SYSTem RESet Syntax SYSTem RESet Description Resets the Digibridge configuration to turn on conditions Equivalent legacy command P2 Equivalent key POWER SYSTem RESTart Syntax SYSTem RESTart Description Resets the Digibridge and re runs power on diagnostics Equivalent legacy command P3 Equivalent key none SYSTem CALibration Syntax SSYSTem CALibration DISableJOPEN SHORt Description Enables open or short zero calibration The SYSTem CALibration query reads current status 85 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter Value Description i OPEN Enable open circuit calibration SHORt Enable short circuit calibration Equivalent legacy command Z0 Z1 Z2 Equivalent key 1693 SHIFT OPEN 1693 2 SHIFT SHORT SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess Description Reads the GPIB address of the Digibridge Query Only The GPIB address can only be changed by changing the SW2 DIP switch setting on the Digibridge IEEE 2 Communication board Parameter Value BDescripton 3 default Default GPIB address Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none SYSTem COMMunicate
208. ooss y ui e uejsisesJ pue ejdsip fueuuud y ui eouejyioede moys o Ady M 2 Aejdsip Kfjepuooes y ul uonedissiq pue Aejdsip jeuud y ul eouejioede moys oj Ady q 2 e dsip Asepuooas y ul 107964 Ajeno pue ejdsip Ajeuuud y ul eouejonpu moys oj Ady o 1 ejdsip jepuooss y ur 40 26J Ajeno pue ejdsip jeuuud y ul e2uejsises moys oj Ady O H SMO O0 Se peJnseauy eq o eouepeduil 129 9g q T23T1ViVd 0 sardas seas Aex LINDMID 1N31VAInO3 qasaooralr 10 SNONNILNOO si29jes exy JAQON SYNSVAWI LSV4 10 WNIGAW MOIS 1 8jes ex 31 vs 34ns Vawl ON NI8 JO 4V 3r11VA 12ejes Aex AV 1d SId epou FYNSWAW s1ejes Aex NOIL NN 4 SMO OJ Se suonipuoo jueuJeunseaui j29 ag e sjueujoaJnseoui Hulyel vy o ONINHVM esueg i eNuq I pejeedai eq pinoys eunp uoIj2euuo2 uonoeuuo HOUS uedo 990 d ay sseooud Bulosaz ay Buunp Buom sob Dulujeuios Jj esuog sjueuieJnseeui Bulye 40J Apeas eq pjnous un y 3urod siy 3v EE z 3uBi OD uee4J6 y JO yem pue LYVLS sseJd Z gt lt TLYOHS L41HS e 6 9 4 sAex Buimoljo au ssaig eunBiy y Ul uwous se J94 960 spue jqe asus ie 8unoeuuoo Aq sjeuiwa 1S9 SsoJoe jinoJro ous e 342319 3uBi OD uee46 y 104 yem pue 1s V LS SseJd oui INSdO 14IHS e 6 9 1 SAex 6umojoj au sseud pow qasao5ra 3919S 0 Ao GOW 33n s v3wWl sseJd S 461 pjeog ex FYNSVWSIN 1eui uuyuoo
209. or show the principal measured value and the basic parameter thus identifying the DUT The QDR display shows the measured Q if the principal units are ohms or henries the measured 0 if they are farads 4 To measure G and D of a Capacitor C Range 00001 pF to 99999 uF 0 range 0001 to 9999 A Press C D B Place capacitor in test fixture C Press START The RLC display shows Cs series capacitance and units uF nF pF the QDR display shows D dissipation factor If RLCGZY is negative the DUT is inductive 5 To measure C and R of a Capacitor C Range 00001 nF to 99999 uF R range 0001 ohm to 9999 kilohm A Press C R B Place capacitor in test fixture C Press START The RLC display shows Os series capacitance and units uF nF the QDR display shows Rs equivalent series resistance and units ohms kilohms If RLCGZY is negative DUT is inductive 6 To measure L and Q of an Inductor L range 00001 mH to 99999 H Q range 0001 to 9999 A Press L Q B Place inductor in test fixture C Press START The RLC display shows 15 series inductance and units mH H the QDR display shows Q quality factor If RLCGZY is negative DUT is capacitive 7 To measure R and Q of a Resistor R range 00001 ohm to 99999 kilohms Q range 0001 to 9999 A Press R Q B Place resistor in test fixture C Press START The RLC display shows Rs series resistance and units ohms kilohms the Q
210. orrection is for small changes related to loading errors and timing errors with respect to frequency There is one K factor for each of the four ranges These corrections are determined during initial cali bration and the procedure is not necessary to repeat unless the contents of RAM have been lost due issue with Dallas chip or other corruption This procedure is not recommended during normal recalibration see paragraphs 5 9 1 through 5 9 6 Procedure 1 Reset K factors to typical values required as a starting reference A Press FUNCTION to ENTER B Press 1 6 9 3 9 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT C Press START to initiate storage of K factors 2 Check K factors A Press R Q B For RANGE 1 press 1 6 9 3 5 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT if units are ohms display will be 238 42 7 238 42 x 10 if units are Kohms display will be 23842 23842 x 10 C For RANGE 2 press 1 6 9 3 6 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT ohms 11 176 Kohms 01118 144 D For RANGE 3 press 1 6 9 3 7 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT ohms 4 6000 Kohms 0 046 0 E For RANGE 4 press 1 6 9 3 8 SHIFT SPECIAL SHIFT ohms 5 5879 Kohms 0 055 9 3 Calibrate 4 ranges of the Digibridge as de scribed in paragraphs 5 9 2 through 5 9 6 4 Determine new K factors In order to calculate the K factor it is necessary to mea sure the delta value of the calibration resis
211. orresponding bit with the OFF position for binary 1 and ON position for binary 0 Depress the rocker toward the OFF mark ing for OFF and toward the numeric marking for the corresponding ON position SW2 DIP switch setting for selecting Digibridge GPIB address um ara Te Tapa oN OFF ON OFF OFF e peperere per T9 mE OFF OFF OFF OFF O O O ziz ZiziZz Z s ror on on Ts or on on o ON or on o BNET ME orr oF on o XOFE L Orr OFF ON ov on on oF o or oN on orr o ON om on oF o or om on orr o ON ON or oF o ON or or o orr or or o Table 3 17 Digibridge GPIB address Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge GPIB Address 31 is not a valid GPIB Address and setting the SW2 DIP switch to this setting all switches in the OFF position will disable the GPIB interface with all communication possible only via the RS 232 serial interface By convention GPIB Address 0 is normally used by the controller 3 11 5 Jumpers The Digibridge IEEE 488 2 interface board has three jumpers JP1 JP2 and JP3 For normal operation all three jumpers should be open no shorting blocks inserted JP1 enables the RS 232 interface driver auto power off JP2 forces firmware update mode via RS 232 serial interface If JP2 is set the board will be forced to await firmware update and the Digibridge will be held in reset state
212. ors 3 6 1 General Refer to the Specifications at the front of this manual The specifications apply at an ambient temperature of 23 degrees C unless recalibration has been done at some other temperature in low humidity if the OPEN and SHORT zeroing procedures have been executed properly paragraph 3 1 3 and the quick acquisition feature is NOT selected These speci fications are valid when autoranging is used or the option range is set and held When a non optimum range is set and held the accuracy may decrease see paragraph 3 6 9 52 Typical accuracy 1s described below for convenience in obtaining a birds eye view of the way it relates to the principal test conditions instrument program ming averaging and median value selection Refinement of the zeroing procedure to enhance ac curacy for certain kinds of measurements is described in paragraphs 3 6 5 and 3 6 6 Cable related errors and their correction are described in paragraph 3 6 7 Paragraph 3 6 8 describes the use of signal reversing a special function to enhance accuracy whenever test frequency is the same as power line frequency To obtain accuracy and the limits of errors IET of fers a convenient tool at http www ietlabs com product support limits of error calculator This tool 1s equivalent to the calculation below for both primary and secondary parameters Operation 3 6 2 Accuracy for Some Typical Conditions For convenience in com
213. ortant that the IL and PL leads connect to the same end of the DUT and that PH and IH connect to the other end Also connecting IL PL to the test fixture connectors labeled and IH PH to assures that the test fixture s and 0 labels agree with the bias polarity On 1693 oOo on White Band NM NE NOTE In the cable s color code RED is associated with hot leads which have dc voltage negative with respect to ground when bias is used Installation 1693 RLC Digibridge 2 6 Bias Voltage for the DUT 2 6 1 Internal Bias No external connections are required for the internal 2 volt bias 2V bias is supplied internally by the instrument 2 6 2 External Bias External bias can be provided by connecting a suitable current limited floating dc voltage source as follows Be sure that the voltage is never more than 60 V max A current limiting voltage supply is recom mended set the limit at 200 mA max Be sure that the bias supply is floating DO NOT connect either lead to ground A well filtered supply is recommended Bias supply hum can affect some measurements particularly if test frequency 1s the power frequency Generally the external circuit must include switching for both application of bias after each DUT is in the test fixture and discharge before it is removed Connect the external bias voltage supply and switching circuit using the optional 1658 2450 cable via the rear pan
214. ositive exponent Bytes 3 4 C mantissa 1s 879044 directly from the 16 bit binary number NOTE 2 In the mantissa the first bit has the weight of 0 5 the next bit 0 25 the next bit 0 125 and each other bit half of the one before it to the 16th bit Therefore the C value is 2 to the 27th power 879044 7 45058 10 to the 9 power 879044 6 54939 10 e 9 farads 6 5494 nF Bytes 5 6 and 7 by the same method as bytes 2 3 and 4 D 0003 Byte 8 Parameters are C D Data numbers are values normal Bin 7 assignment Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge QDR e QDR mantissa OTHER byte 5 byte 6 byte 7 byte 8 76543210 76543210 76543210 76543210 01110101 10100000 00000000 01100111 EXAMPLE 2 Bytes are shown separated by spaces STATUS RLC e RLC mantissa byte 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 76543210 76543210 376543210 376543210 0010x010 00001010 10100011 00011100 The example 2 interpretation is as follows Byte 1 Normal measurement Range 3 RLC data are needed Byte 2 bit 7 Sign of R value is Byte 2 other bits R exponent is 0001010 in 2s complement notation which is the same as a positive exponent of 001010 1 e 10 base 10 See NOTE 1 above Bytes 3 4 R mantissa 1s 637146 from the 16 bit binary number see NOTE 2 above Therefore the R value is 2 to the 10th power 637146 1024 637146 652 44 ohms 99 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 12 Sample IEEE
215. other than 1 kHz is selected the NOT 1 KHZ indicator will light on the display window Selection To select the test frequency simply key in the desired frequency as follows and the Digibridge will automatically obtain the nearest available one Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key Enter the desired frequency in kilohertz and press SHIFT FREQUENCY in sequence as follows For example to select 500 Hz press 5 SHIFT FREQUENCY N e 42 Up to 6 digits and decimal point are valid in entry of desired frequency For another example 1f the desired frequency is 2300 Hz key in 2 3 SHIFT FREQUENCY The actual frequency obtained appears immediately in the left RLC display area In the example of desired frequency 2300 Hz the display is 2 3077 The actual frequency obtained is always the closest one of the 504 available frequencies which can be calculated from the following formulas where n is always an integer in the range indicated 3 kHz C n wherenrange is 13 250 freq 012000 to 0 23077 kHz 60 kHz C n where n range is 4 256 freq 0 23438 to 15 000 kHz 200 kHz C n where n range is 1 13 freq 15 385 to 200 00 kHz and where C 1 c where c is a very small number between 000099 and 000099 The nominal value of an available frequency can be calculated from the appropriate one of the three formulas the appropriate value of integer n and by a
216. ould therefore be 0007 0024 BLACK IL capacitor L binding post 0017 uF BLACK amp WHITE PL stacked on the black banana plug BLACK amp GREEN G capacitor G NOT linked to L 12 Reset the capacitance standard dial to 5 Verify that the RLC display agrees with the CAPACITANCE 10 pF 13 Read the RLC display and correct it by certified value of the standard corrected for j l adding 10k For example if the display is temperature if appropriate within 3 0005 uF which is the sum of 03 for the standard and 10 023 uF and if K 0017 the corrected 0 02 for the Digibridge measurement is 10 006 uF Verify that the corrected measurement is within the accept able extremes for the 10 uF setting in Table 5 7 14 Reset the capacitance standard dial to CAPACITANCE 100 uF Read the RLC 6 Calculate the difference D1 as shown above and retain it for future use D1 displayed measurement value of standard uF 7 Remove the l uF standard and connect the 4 terminal ratio type capacitance standard GR 1417 and the blocking capacitor display and correct it by adding 1k As in step 500 uF as shown above Be sure that the dc 13 i verify that the corrected measurement blocking capacitor is fully discharged before is within the acceptable extremes shown in connecting it Notice that only the left hand Table 5 7 terminals of the standard are used 8 Set the dials on the capacitance standard thus For more
217. paring the tradeoffs between speed and accuracy the accuracy is tabulated in Table 3 11 for the same frequencies and the results tabu lated in the same arrangement as the measurement time tables The data also appear as a graph of speed vs accuracy for several frequencies Figure 3 30 ACCURACY ERROR PERCENT 8 A 23885 1693 RLC Digibridge Each curve shows the tradeoff for one test frequency Operating points are labeled according to the selected measure rate FAST MEDIUM SLOW All of these curves apply to the following conditions R L or C within basic ranges D lt lt or Q gt gt 1 display is BIN NO test voltage gt 1 0 V constant voltage NOT selected delay NOT programmed measure mode is CONTINUOUS and the high speed option used except for the dashed curve which shows approxi mately the difference that this option makes NOTE for display of VALUE add 6 to 10 ms to the time 10 kHz RANGE 1 MEASUREMENT RATE MEAS PER SECOND Figure 3 30 General view of the tradeoffs between measurement time and accuracy Range 1 Basic Range Meas Test Freq kHz Rate 0 1 1 10 100 Ranges 2 3 4 Basic Meas Test Freq kHz Rate 0 1 1 10 100 eee ee Max 29 26 43 xx FAST 14 12 28 xx MED 07 05 21 xx SLOV 04 02 18 xx o oo we wee eee we Max 28 26 29 45 FAST 14 12 15 30 MED 07 05 08 23 SLOV 04 02 05 20 96 With test volta
218. pose intended keystrokes 1 Switch the POWER ON Perform the zero B Press FUNCTION key to select ing procedure both open circuit and short MEASURE function Wait 60 seconds circuit as described in paragraph 5 4 2 of C Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER the recalibration procedure function 2 Insert the DUT 24 9 ohms 0 1 for ex D Press SHIFT BIN SUM 0 I E Read the left hand display the number of measurements made in 60 s F Use this number as x in the following ample in the test fixture A Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER function B Press 2 4 9 SHIFT NOM ormuija eds Lm p Il T 60 000 milliseconds x C Press 2 SHIFT BIN NO For example if x 250 then T 240 DIS 5 0 1 G Clear bin sum registers by pressing D Press MEASURE RATE if necessary SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 1 4 to select SLOW rate E Press MEASURE MODE to select CONTINUOUS mode Service and Maintenance 115 1693 RLC Digibridge 7 Press MEASURE RATE key to select FAST rate Repeat the procedure of steps 3 4 5 as summarized below for this rate A Time the interval between the next two keystrokes B Press FUNCTION key to select MEASURE function Wait 60 seconds C Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER function D Press SHIFT BIN SUM 0 1 E Read the left hand display the number of measurements made in 60 s F Use thi
219. power up The impedance of each internal standard resistor 1s similarly stored in memory for use by the micropro cessor in the calculation of parameters being mea sured For this purpose the Digibridge measures its own internal standard resistors against an external standard during factory calibration and recalibra tion if any Therefore the impedances ofthe internal resistance standards are known at the calibration frequency usually 1 kHz and are computed by the microprocessor for other test frequencies The Digibridge also stores the frequency error of its crystal referenced oscillator actual vs nominal frequency expressed in parts per million so that the microprocessor uses a corrected frequency value in each calculation of capacitance or inductance from measured impedance This frequency correction 1s programmed into the Digibridge during factory cali bration and recalibration if any The microprocessor controls the measurement sequence according to programs in the read only memory using stored operator selections that are made available through keyboard control or if you have the interface option by remote control com mand Selections include for example parameters R and Q Land Q C and D or C and R test voltage 005 to 1 275 V equivalent circuit series or parallel test rate SLOW MEDIUM or FAST frequency Theory 1693 RLC Digibridge programmable from 12 Hz to 200 kHz in 504 steps del
220. preted as though they were in units of uH although the ratio is really dimensionless and the unit indicators remain unlit In this example the measurement results can then be 01999 02000 02001 etc 1 e steps of 05 which is very fine resolution By selecting a sufficiently small nominal value you can obtain resolution that is better than the repeatability of measurements Procedure To program the Digibridge for ratio displays enter desired nominal value in appropriate units of measurement enable the special function as follows 1 With the FUNCTION key select ENTER 2 Using the appropriate parameter key select the units of the nominal value to be stored If the Digibridge has just completed a measurement of a DUT so that the principal display already indicates the appropriate units of measurement Step 2 can be skipped 3 Enter the desired nominal value For ex ample if the units displayed on the panel are uF and you want to set up a ratio display that can be interpreted as mF press 1 0 0 0 SHIFT NOM VALUE 4 Enable the desired special function the per tinent commands are e To display measurement nominal 2 7 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 e To display nominal measurement 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 To disable ratio displays 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 If ratio is selected the RATIO indicator will light on the display window 5 Toenable measurements select M
221. pter 1 Controls are described below in Chapter 1 their use in Operation Chapter 3 A functional description is given in Theory Chapter 4 1 3 Controls Indicators and Connectors Figure 1 1 shows the front of the 1693 instrument Figure 1 2 shows the display on the front panel and and Figure 1 3 shows the controls Table 1 1 identi fies them with descriptions and functions Similarly Figure 1 4 shows the controls and connectors on the rear of the 1693 Table 1 2 identifies them Figure 1 1 1693 RLC Digibridge front view Introduction 1693 RLC Digibridge OOD CO GD OWALAH m SRL VALUE A BINNO SLOW MEDIUM FAST Figure 1 2 1693 Front Display 5 Figure 1 3 1693 Keyboard CO Delon RLCGZY Display Digital display 5 numerals with decimal points Display of the principal measured value If function is and negative sign when applicable MEASURE and display section is VALUE Number indicates R L C G Z or Y If display selection is delta or delta RLC indicates percentage difference or value difference respectively of R L C G Z or Y compared to stored nominal value If display selection is BIN NO indicates bin assignment is measured DUT If function is ENTER displays are indications of programmed entries special functions bin sum status in calibration sequences etc Units and multipliers LED indicators Indicates measurement units associated with the primary and secondary display Ind
222. r ance as described above B For each successive bin similarly enter a new nominal value then the tolerance and bin number Changing the nominal value does not affect limits already stored Any DUT that qualifies for 2 overlapping bins will automatically be assigned to the lower bin Unsymmetrical tolerances To enter unsymmetrical limits for example 2 5 in bin 6 press 2 5 SHIFT BIN NO O 6 Two percentages of the same sign can be entered Always enter the more positive tolerance first 7 You can close any bin that has been opened A For RLC bins closing bin 8 as an exam ple press 0 SHIFT BIN NO 0 8 B For D or Rs or Q with R closing bin 0 press 9 9 9 9 SHIFT BIN NO 0 0 C For Rp or Q with L closing bin 0 press 0 SHIFT BIN NOJ 0 0 64 8 Toenable GO NO GO lights after opening at least one bin leave nominal value at any non zero value 9 To disable GO NO GO and all bin sorting press O I D SHIFT INOM VAL Note To see the present numerical limits for bin 3 for example press SHIFT BIN NO 0 3 Similarly to see the nominal value press SHIFT NOM VAL 10 To measure a DUT with bin sorting A Press the FUNCTION key to select MEASURE B Press the DISPLAY key to select BIN NO C Insert the DUT D If the measure mode is TRIGGERED press the START button E Observe GO NO GO and bin number results NO GO indicates eithe
223. r very small capacitance select a higher measurement frequency for best accuracy Refer to paragraph 3 6 Conversely for very large capacitance select a lower measurement frequency for best accuracy e Inductors less than 10 uH Series 100 kHz e Inductors from 10 uH to 1 mH Series 10 kHz Inductors from 1 mH to 1 H Series 1 kHz e Inductors greater than 1 H Series 0 1 kHz Select series as explained above For very small inductance select a higher measurement frequency for best accuracy Conversely for very large induc tance select a lower measurement frequency for best accuracy e Resistors below about 1 KQ Series 1 kHz Usually the specifications call for dc resistance so select a low test frequency to minimize ac effects Select series because the reactive component most likely to be present in a low resistance resistor is series inductance which has no effect on the measurement of series R e Between 1 kQ and 10 MQ Parallel 0 250 kHz e Resistors greater than 10 MQ Parallel 0 030 kHz As explained above select a low test frequency Select parallel because the reactive component most likely to be present in a high resistance resistor is shunt ca pacitance which has no effect on the measurement of parallel R If the Q is less than 0 1 the measured Rp is probably very close to the d DC resistance Operation 3 3 2 2 Theory Series and Parallel Parameters An impedance that is n
224. r QDR failure bin 0 or RLC failure bin 14 See also paragraph 3 1 4 For continued operation of the Digibridge in MEASURE function using the limits entered as above you can select any desired display such as VALUE or BIN No with the DISPLAY key If you have the interface option the available output data are not limited to the display selection The GO NO GO lights will operate unless you inhibit comparisons See below 3 8 4 Verification of Nominal and Limit Values While the function is ENTER the exact values en tered into the Digibridge can be seen by either of 2 methods as follows During the Entry Process A confirming display is automatically provided immediately after the mal keystroke of each entry step For example after the NOM VALUE keystroke the entered value appears on the RLC display After the BIN NO and number keystrokes the actual limits of RLC value not per centages appear across the full display area upper limit on the regular RLC display lower limit 4 most significant digits in the regular RLC display area For bin 0 the ODR limit appears in the QDR area Operation Upon Demand To see the current nominal value depress the NOM VALUE key while the ENTER indicator is lit To see the limits in any particular bin or to verify that it has been closed depress SHIFT BIN NO and the desired number similarly Displays selected in this way are limited by the units that a
225. range that the Digibridge will use in measuring Just be sure that the number you enter for nominal value is suited to the units and unit multiplier indicated on the display panel For example nominal values of 033 H and 33 mH are equivalent 3 8 7 Go No Go and Bin Assignment Results If comparison binning is enabled the GO NO GO indicators will provide the following information after each measurement GO The DUT passed in bin 1 2 3 13 NO GO The DUT failed in bin 0 QDR failure or bin 14 RLC failure Ifthe display selection is BIN NO the bin assignment will be shown 1n the left display area 3 8 8 Bin Sum Information If comparison binning is enabled the Digibridge automatically keeps totals of th e number of measure ments assigned to each bin since power up or reset ofthe count to zero The sums can be called up onto Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge the display or sent out over the IEEE 488 bus To make use of the bin sum feature use these keystroke sequences e SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 requests the sum for bin 0 SHIFT BIN SUM J O I requests the sum for bin 1 SHIFT BIN SUM 0 2 requests the sum for bin 2 etc Note sum appears at left bin number at right SHIFT BIN SUM LOCK sends the sums out via the IEEE 488 bus SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 1 4 resets all sums to zero 3 8 9 Binning and Ratio Measurement Simultaneously In order to bin sort component parts who
226. raph the many items that affect measurement time are explained The measurement time required to complete a measurement and display the results depends not only on the selected measure rate and programmed delay but also on the presence or ab sence of the high speed measurement option test conditions choice of display whether data is being sent out to other devices etc The best combination of conditions for any particular job should be selected recognizing their effects on speed and accuracy The following examples are representative some of the numbers are approximate NOTE Except where stated otherwise as in para graph 3 5 10 measurement time is given for the condition that the quick acquisition special function is NOT selected So accuracy is as specified See page xiii at the front of the manual 1693 Digibridge The minimum measurement time is about 34 ms 30 meas sec The corresponding conditions are measure rate fast IT factor set to 0 25 integration time factor paragraph 3 5 5 test frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz display selection bin no measure mode continuous which elimi nates the settling time that is normal with triggered mode no data output via IEEE 488 bus For test frequency 1 kHz the minimum is about 44 ms 23 measurements per second Surprisingly Long Times Please be aware ofthe long time periods that can be required by this very fast measuring instrument Opera
227. re fully down into the Digibridge test fixture keeping the straight sides of the wire vertical Measurement results now depend on the geometry of the DUT leads but will typically h 3 mm 10 mm Ld contain a related error less than 10 nH For even smaller error correct inductance measurements by adding 5 nH to the displayed value If measurements are to be made with adaptors axial lead DUT for most situations make the short circuit calibration WITHOUT the adaptors Use a piece of no 18 AWG wire 5 cm long 2 1n bent into a rectangular shape as shown in B Press this wire fully down into the Digibridge test fixture keeping the center of the wire above the center of the fixture and the straight sides of the wire vertical Measurement results with adaptors will typically contain a related error of less than 5 nH which can be verified by mea suring a OUT consisting of a straight wire of known inductance refer to one of the accompanying tables of inductances Wire length is measured between points of contact in the adaptors If measurements are to be made with adaptors axial lead DUT for greatest accuracy requiring a manual calculation for every measurement make the short circuit calibration WITH adaptors spaced exactly as they will be for the DUT Use any piece of straight wire having a known self inductance La refer to Table 3 12 Measure the DUT using the series equiva lent circuit Then make
228. re shown on the panel For example if the bin 3 limits are 162 and 198 nF but the display units are pF when you press BIN No 0 3 the display will go blank Select either nF or uF instead of pF to obtain a display of these limits However any nominal values previous to the current one are lost and cannot be displayed unless entered again Bin limits are not lost until replaced by new entries in the particular bin but they are normally lost when POWER is switched OFF To prevent loss lock the keyboard see paragraph 3 9 For comments on how bin sorting information 1s displayed see paragraph 3 3 3 3 8 5 Examples of Limit Entry Nested Limits To enter a set of nested limits oper ate the keyboard as described below for the example of inductors having Q gt 21 Ls 33 mH 0 35 1 5 7 9 1 With FUNCTION key select ENTER With EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key select SERIES 3 With parameter key Ls Q select RLC units mH 4 Enter Q limit thus 2 1 SHIFT BIN No 0 0 5 Enter nominal RLC value 3 3 SHIFT NOM VALUE 6 Set bin 1 limits 1 3 5 SHIFT BIN No 0 1 7 Setbin2 limits 1 SHIFT BIN No 0 2 8 Setbin3 limits 5 SHIFT BIN No 0 5 9 Set bin 4 limits 7 o 9 Vo SHIFT BIN No 0 4 10 Close bin 5 if open 0 SHIFT BIN No 0 5 11 Close bins 6 through 13 similarly if used befor
229. requisite for unlocking from the keyboard Service and Maintenance 3 Confirm or select the following measurement conditions on the Digibridge FUNCTION ENTER necessary for de termining test frequency DISPLAY VALUE IMEASURE RATE SLOW IMEASURE MODE TRIGGERED neces sary for zeroing EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES EXTERNAL BIAS OFF slide switch 4 Verify that the test frequency is 1 kHz the power up default by pressing SHIFT FREQUENCY The lefi hand display should read 1 0000 If any other reading is observed press 1 SHIFT FREQUENCY 5 Verify that the test voltage is 1 volt by press ing SHIFT VOLTAGE The left hand display should read 1 0000 If any other reading is observed press l SHIFT VOLTAGE 6 Press the FUNCTION key to select MEASURE function 7 If the Digibridge has an interface option which has two 24 pin interface connectors on the rear panel be sure that the TALK switch rear panel is set to TALK ONLY 8 Zero the Digibridge as follows before mak ing measurements Make sure that the MEASURE and TRIGGERED keyboard indicators are lit A Install the BNC cable and the Remote Test Fixture or whatever cable is appropriate as described in paragraph 3 2 Note make sure the test setup can accommodate all components needed for performance verification See Table 5 1 B Press the C D key C Press 1 6 9 3 SHIFT OPEN D Keep hands and all
230. resistance to the work surface use for example a conductive strap or cable with a wrist cuff The cuff must make electrical contact directly with your skin do NOT wear it over clothing Resistance between skin contact and work surface through a commercially available personnel grounding device is typically in the range of 250 KQ to 1 MQ Service and Maintenance If any circuit boards or IC packages are to be stored or transported enclose them in conductive envelopes and or carriers Remove the items from such enve lopes only with the above precautions handle IC packages without touching the contact pins Avoid circumstances that are likely to produce static charges such as wearing clothes of Synthetic mate rial sitting on a plastic covered or rubber footed stool particularly while wearing wool combing your hair or making extensive erasures These circumstances are most significant when the air is dry When testing static sensitive devices be sure dc power is on before during and after application of test signals Be sure all pertinent voltages have been switched off while boards or components are removed or inserted whether hard wired or plugged in The symbol shown below may appear on circuit boards and or schematic diagrams to call attention to static sensitive component parts However the ab sence of such a symbol does NOT assure the absence of static sensitive devices A LaM 5 2 Customer Servic
231. results displayed and or output via the interfaces to other devices If the duration of the noise spike is typically small compared to the length of a measurement cycle and the noise repetition rate is small compared to the Digibridge measurement rate then it is likely that any polluted measurement will be one of three measurements in the median taking the other two being valid and practically identical The median of any three consecutive measurements is therefore very likely to be correct 3 6 5 Accuracy Enhancement for Large or Small Impedances at Particular Frequencies Regular Zeroing at Test Frequency When measur ing very large or small values of impedance the Digibridge will provide much better accuracy than the specifications if the OPEN and SHORT zeroing procedure has been recently repeated with test fre quency set to the actual test condition Examples of the accuracy that 1s typically obtained with measure rate SLOW after using the actual test frequency when zeroing At 30 Hz R 100 megohms 1 range 1 extension a factor of 240 over Rmax At 120 Hz 0 0 1 farad 1 range 4 extension a factor of 480 over Cmax At 10 kHz 0 0 1 pF 1 range 1 extension a factor of 400 below Cmin At 100 kHz L 0 1 uH 1 range 4 extension a factor of 100 below Lmin NOTE Even better accuracy is possible if several measurements are averaged See paragraph 3 6 3 above Use of the ratio display speci
232. rformed to eliminate this additional capacitance PH FL BNC 874 Adapter BNC 874 Adapter BNC Tag BNC Tee Spacing Open Connection BMC B74 BNC Ara Adapter ENC Tee Short Connection Figure 3 4 Open and short measurements with GR874 connectors 16 7000 05 Tweezers The small amounts of residual tip resistance and inductance can be automatically corrected by using the Digibridge shorting function with the tips pressed together Guard shields between the tweezer blades minimize capacitance between them A correction for this small capacitance can be made using Digibridge open circuit test with the tips held at a spacing equal to that of the component s contact spacing Measurement accuracy is very sensitive to connection geometry The same connection geometry must be used for open short compensation as for connection to the device under test IH 4 HD HF PH lt HS 7000 05 PL lt LS IL LD LF Figure 3 5 Chip component tweezers 1689 9600 Test Fixture Ideally zeroing with the 1689 9600 should be per formed with the 1689 9604 Digibridge Calibration kit The alternate method for performing open and short using two 18 AWG bus wires for the open and one loop of 18 AWG bus wire for a short Two wires should be used to perform an open to ensure that the pairs of contacts in the 1689 9600 are connected See Figure 3 6 below Operation 18 AWG 18 AWG bus w
233. ridge can be programmed to display a ratio instead of either measured value or delta percentage Refer to paragraph 3 3 6 Operation 3 3 3 2 Secondary Measurement Results The secondary Digibridge measurement will be presented on the right QDR display panel for each measurement if the DISPLAY selection is VALUE delta or deltaRLC There is no secondary display if the selection is BIN NO Negative ODR A negative QDR has the following meanings Selection 9R QDR z Selection QER R X G B Z ANG DUT is inductive DUT is capacitive L Q C D C R Q D or Ris Q D or Ris Positive negative see below G B Y ANG DUT is capacitive DUT is inductive If the secondary measurement is Q D or R and is negative then there are two likely possibilities If the Q or D value whichever is being displayed is very small a small acceptable calibration and or measurement error can lead to a negative result It should of course fall within the specified accuracy of the instrument Measurement error can be reduced by choice of measurement conditions averaging etc Another possibility is that the DUT as seen by the Digibridge really does have a negative loss factor This situation might occur when you are measuring certain kinds of multi terminal networks or active devices NOTE Improper connection of extender cables can cause a false indication of negative QDR D Q or ANG IN PPM Selected by the SHIFT DQ in P
234. rn and line feed characters end of string Table 3 22 A data output format f measurement is overrange display goes blank 999999 is output in this field Two leading zeros will precede the decimal point on values less than 1 Two spaces will precede the value on values greater than 1 Sequence p Characters Pass fail space Go bins 01 to 13 No Go bins 00 or 14 a we iii mE 123456789 Bin number assignment 00 to 14 The standard carriage return and line feed characters end of string Table 3 23 BIN Number data output format Operation 93 1693 RLC Digibridge Allowed Characters Purpose Sequence Go bins 01 to 13 No Go bins 00 or 14 The word BINSUM Pass fail Space Bin number assignment 00 to 14 Total number counted in this bin the bin summary number 13 17 123456789 The standard carriage return and line feed characters end of string Table 3 24 BIN summary data output format Bin Summary Output Format Table 3 24 The bin summary output can be enabled by the SHIFT BIN SUM LOCK sequence from the keyboard It can also be enabled by the El command from the bus See paragraph 3 11 12 The bin summary output consists of 15 lines one apiece for the 15 bins 00 through 14 Each line has the format shown in the table 3 11 13 Talk Listen Use for Remote Programming and Data Transfers Observe the REMOTE CONTROL indicator light If it is lit
235. rnal switch bias is applied via rear connector and optional bias cable 5 GO NO GO indicators Pair of LED indicators GO means measured value is acceptable based on the limits previously stored NO GO means RLC or QDR value or both are unacceptable Indicator remains lighted during next measurement O 1 1 O START button Pushbutton switch Starts measurement sequence aborting any measurement that may be in process Normally used in TRIGGERED measurement mode N REMOTE CONTROL LED Indicator Indicates when remote control is established by external indicator command Functions only if an IEEE interface option is installed EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT Indicators SERIES and PARALLEL Selection of equivalent circuit for R Q C D L Q or C R R X key is also series G B is always parallel Z Ang and Y Ang are magnitude 9 SHIFT Key Key labeled SHIFT Pressing this shifts the role of any key labeled in both black and gray FROM the BLACK TO the gray label Do NOT hold the SHIFT key down press it first and then the other key N e Parameter keys Set of 4 keys labeled R Q C D L Q C R R X Selection of principal and secondary measurement G B Z Ang Y Ang parameters In the ENTER mode repeated pushing of any one parameter key changes the range in sequence 12 34 And hence measurement values co Table 1 1 Front controls and indicators 4 Introduction 1693 RLC Digibr
236. ror 3 2 11 2 Direct Measurement Method The 1482 Inductor can be directly measured on the Digibridge A combination of the 1689 9602 BNC to BNC cable two BNC T adapters and Pomona 1894 adaptors are used for connection Open and Short compensation should be performed Spacing should be maintained when performing open compensation To minimize noise the high leads are connected to the low terminal of the 1482 and the low terminals to the high terminal of the 1482 BIAS BIAS dep 1693 RLC DigiBridge eels N GND LOW HIGH 1 mH 1482 E STANDARD INDUCTOR 9O dep formerly made by GenRad Figure 3 21 Direct connection of 1693 and 1482 Measured Value of DUT 27 1693 RLC Digibridge EXTERNAL BIA 1693 RLC DigiBridge eoe OOO OOO 14 gauge bus wire LOW HIGH m m 1482 E STANDARD INDUCTOR 1482 E STANDARD INDUCTOR qb formerly made by GenRad QD formerly made by GenRad Standard DUT DUT Measurement 1693 RLC DigiBridge IL PL Pu lu
237. rroneous To restore accuracy recalibrate as described in paragraph 5 9 2224 XXXX Range 4 may be incorrectly calibrated Refer to paragraph 5 9 for recalibration procedure If calibration is accomplished correctly but this failure display appears when POWER is cycled OFF and ON the calibration data is stored in the Dallas Chip U36 which should be replaced 2223 XXXX Range 3 Be sure that recalibration has been done correctly 2222 XXXX Range 2 Same comment as for range 3 222 XXXX Range 1 Same comment as for range 3 222 0 XXXX Frequency correction factor ANALYSIS PROCEDURE Refer to 444 E XXXX 11111 1111 Math chip operational check failure COMMENT This test is performed only if you have the high speed interface option 1689 9620 installed NOTE This is a non catastrophic failure If you press the C D key the Digibridge can be operated as usual but measurement time will be typical of an instrument WITHOUT the high speed option Service and Maintenance 5 7 3 Internal Fuse Replacement AN WARNING N Take appropriate safety precautions when servicing the unit If at power up there is a failure display of 555 5 XXXX see Self Check paragraph 3 13 1 and Trouble Analysis paragraph 3 7 1 replacement ofthe capacitor discharge fuse may be necessary 3007 CRI4 eeeeeaae ee ADAP ee a ee 082 6891 e a gt e P BENRNNRNERNENRNBNHERNEESTSARRNHRAREERARE M y rYYTiIvy Y TT
238. s DISPLAY VALUE MEASURE RATE SLOW EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES FREQUENCY 100 Hz MEASURE MODE CONT HOLD RANGE AUTORANGE PARAMETER C D EXIT BIAS OFF 137 1693 RLC Digibridge 8 Set the resistance and capacitance standards 5 8 7 Limit Comparison Bins to the values given in line 1 of Table 5 10 Verify that the DQ display is within the range Verify the Digibridge performance with regard to given inclusive Lock in this range on the limit comparison and bin assignments as follows The 1693 i pressing EET RNG resistance standard 1433 33 or equivalent is required Ee Standard Min to Max l Confirm or select measurement conditions on the Digibridge as listed ONEN d DISPLAY VALUE MEASURERATE SLOW EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SERIES EREQUENCY n Table 5 10 D Accuracy Check MEASURE MODE CONT NT RANGE Select range 3 by pressing 9 Continue down the table verifying each R Q for the first kQ range and then press line Because the capacitance in the series ISHIFT HOLD RANGE if equivalent circuit is different from the decade necessary to hold capacitor setting when the series resistance EXIT BIAS OFF is large use the RLC readout to indicate ca pacitance in those lines of the table 2 Connect the 1657 9600 extender cable from the Digibridge remote test fixture as follows high leads red and red white to resis tor H low leads black and black white to resistor L ground lead black green to resis
239. s add 3 to 6 ms Measurement modes and rates There are two test modes CONTINUOUS and TRIGGERED The CONTINUOUS mode makes successive measurements continually updating the display after each measurement TRIGGERED measurements are initiated by the START button or remotely from the IEEE bus and the result held until another measurement is started There are three measurement rates selected by single keys SLOW MEDIUM and FAST whose measurement times depend on the test frequency see table below for C and D L and Q or R and Q speeds Other measurement rates may be selected by programming the integration time AVERAGING to 255 measurements or adding a programmed DELAY of 1 to 99999 ms The measurement times in the following table were obtained with the use of the high speed measurement option continuous measurement mode bin number display and without IEEE Bus data output For other conditions refer to the notes below the table If the measurement mode is triggered programmed delay settling time 1f any should be added Normal power up conditions include a programmed delay of 7 f to 12 f ms depending upon measurement rate This delay can be programmed to zero or any value up to 100 s 974 ms 944 ms 944 ms 944 ms 3 Speed in the table far e for C with D L with Q or R with Q measurements Table A Measurement Rate Abbreviated Specifications 1693 RLC Digibridge Test frequencies Over five hundred test frequencie
240. s between 12 Hz and 200 kHz may be selected by keyboard entry These are f 200 kHz n where n 1 to 13 V MEASURE f 60 kHz n where n 4 to 256 E f 3 kHz n where n 13 to250 Maga NEg9 cS m For example frequencies that can be selected TTE 200 kHz 1 200 kHz cd 200 kHz 2 100 kHz 200 kHz 13 15 354 6 kHz Figure A Source Impedance Factors If the exact frequency selected is not available the nearest available frequency is used The accuracy of Internal dc bias is 2 V External dc bias of up to the test frequency is better than 01 60 V may be applied Applied Voltages Calibrations 5 mV to 1 275 V programmable in 5 mV steps An OPEN circuit zero calibration can be performed The open circuit voltage accuracy is 5 2mV to remove the effects of stray capacitance and 1 001f2 where f is the frequency in kHz conductance shunting the internal test fixture or any This voltage has a source impedance that depends other fixture or cable connection A similar SHORT on the range A CONSTANT VOLTAGE mode can circuit zero calibration can be performed to remove be selected which provides a low source impedance the effects of resistance and inductance in series in 25 ohms in order to maintain a constant ac test the test connections New zero calibrations should level over a wider impedance range be made to obtain best accuracy whenever the test Source Resistance frequency or the fixture geometry is changed A I
241. s desto tS ose Cuban duse etos tos ae Loses 121 Figure 5 6 Power Supply Assembly 700011 Lino eet ettet dpa oap emt e ee e He e Eo ne d An p te tac Rad 121 Figure os IEEE qnertace T09929040 TOY Vew saei ORI QU obetiteri a duties oed teer l n Ltuimue t 121 Figure 5 8 IEEE interface 1689 9640 top VIOW d i e teet iste ele n a Edu Ge EA Ee MA ERU REO 121 Figure 5 9 Screws holding the interface assembly on the rear panel e ssesssseses 22 Figure 5 10 Timing diagram of the power up self check sse eene nnns 124 poner LOCOMOW Os INICINOL USC sns issaocobte tem o Edda Let doseu bandes tes acid nme nieti at sit eei RES 127 Figure 5 12 Power Supply and Regulator Board Test Points eese 126 Figure 5 13 Series connections of standards for D accuracy checks Silent vata dde edt aas otiose 137 Tuenre ocrde Calculating the K TOCIOE 23 oou ea DERE Pte RM US ated EA A EARE E cu lesus 145 DIOURO OL INEBSIGOantertace onde Year panel sce PR ri res nad entire gakatenras i ede ccu 146 Table of Contents 1693 RLC Digibridge This page is intentionally left blank X Table of Contents 1693 RLC Digibridge SAFETY INFORMATION General safety information Safety Summary The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual will violate sa
242. s due to the fact that the four terminal Kelvin connection stops at the connection between Drive and Sense The banana plugs are two terminal so the capacitance between the parallel spaced banana plugs will be measured as part of the overall measurement unless open compensation is performed to eliminate this additional capacitance 1689 9602 Short Connection Figure 3 3 Open and short measurements with bnc to bnc cables Operation 15 1693 RLC Digibridge 1689 9602 and 1689 9602 2 bnc to bnc Cables with bnc T and GR874 Connectors Open and short should be performed as shown in Figure 3 4 below when using bnc to bnc cables with bnc T connectors and the GR874 adapters During short connection connect the two GR874 connectors together During open compensation spacing similar to the DUT or at least 0 75 should be maintained to minimize capacitance between the GR874 connectors Geometry If 1s important to maintain the spacing between the leads during the open compensation at exactly the same distance as the spacing is when the banana plugs are connected to the DUT Ifthe spacing is not exactly the same there will be an error in the measured value This 1s due to the fact that the four terminal Kelvin connection stops at the connection between Drive and Sense The banana plugs are two terminal so the capacitance between the parallel spaced banana plugs will be measured as part of the overall measurement unless open compensation is pe
243. s for a three terminal mea surement on the 1433 HARS with ground strap not connected between LOW and GND The green guard lead is used in this measurement to minimize noise Open and Short compensation should be performed as described Set the Digibridge to the required fre quency Open compensation should be performed as normal with the red pair and black pair separated by at least 6 inches Short compensation should be performed as follows 1 Connect the cables to the 1433 HARS as shown 2 Set the 1433 HARS to zero ohms 3 Perform short on the Digibridge EXTERNAL BIAS BIAS E TM ON On dep 1693 RLC DigiBridge eo o B GO e e e Q NO GO 5 00 000 E E O C START REMOTE rowen 7 e SER PAR U off Tr On R Q L Q C D C R CONTROL a fist 7000 04 IH PH dep formerly made by GenRad 1433 33 10 MO DECADE RESISTOR IL 1 MQ STEPS 100 kQ STEPS 10 kO STEPS 1 kOQ STEPS 100 O STEPS 10 Q STEPS 10 STEPS Figure 3 26 Connection to 1433 via 7000 04 cable Operation 31 32 1693 RLC Digibridge 1693 RLC DigiBridge EXTERNAL BIAS ON a ee ot OOo e OOo e C O START
244. s number as x in the following formula T 60 000 milliseconds x For example if x 493 then T 122 ms 5 G Clear bin sum registers by pressing SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 1 4 8 Select Max measurement rate by pressing 2 I5 E I DSHIFT SPECIAL 5 Repeat the procedure of steps 3 4 5 as summarized below for Max rate Note Indicated measure rate must be FAST For explanation see paragraph 3 5 5 A Time the interval between the next two keystrokes B Press FUNCTION key to select MEASURE function Wait 60 seconds C Press FUNCTION key to select ENTER function D Press SHIFT BIN SUM 0 1 E Read the left hand display the number of measurements made in 60 s F Use this number as x in the following formula T 60 000 milliseconds x For example if x 771 then T 78 ms 5 G Clear bin sum registers by pressing SHIFT BIN SUM 0 0 1 4 116 5 5 Disassembly and Access AN WARNING N If disassembly or servicing is necessary it should be performed only by qualified personnel familiar with the electrical shock hazards inherent to the high voltage circuits inside the cabinet N CAUTION N Observe precautions against damage by static electricity whenever you handle a circuit board or integrated circuit in this instrument Refer to the Safety section Section 5 1 Use the following procedure for access to replace
245. s the trigger delay time Parameter Value Description numeric Delay time real value in ms Equivalent legacy command J lt numeric gt Equivalent key delay in ms SHIFT SPECIAL 4 CONFigure ITFactor Syntax CONFigure ITFactor numeric Description Set the integration time multiplying factor Value numeric multiplies MEDIUM and FAST integra tion times Parameter Value Description Integration Time Multiplying Factor real value Equivalent legacy command I lt numeric gt Equivalent key IT factor in m SHIFT SPECIAL 5 82 CONFigure FREQuency Syntax CONFigure FREQuency numeric Description Sets the frequency used for measurement signal Parameter Value Description numeric Frequency real value in kHz Equivalent legacy command F lt numeric gt Equivalent key frequency SHIFT FREQUENCY CONFigure VOLTage CONStant Syntax CONFigure VOLTage CONStant OFF ON Description Set the measurement signal voltage Parameter Value Description OFF o Set constant voltage off Set constant voltage on Equivalent legacy command Y0 Y1 Equivalent key 1 SHIFT CONST V CONFigure VOLTage LEVel Syntax CONFigure VOLTage LEVel lt numeric gt Description Set the measurement signal voltage level Parameter Value Description _ Set measure
246. se angle The phase sensitive detector uses 4 reference sig nals precisely 90 degrees apart that have exactly the same frequency as the test signal but whose phase relationship to any of the analog voltages or currents such as the current through Zx and Rs is incidental Therefore no precise analog phase shifter or waveform squaring circuit is required Correct phase relationships are maintained by generating test signal and reference signals from the same high frequency source Because of the measurement technique and circuitry the only calibration adjustment in the Digibridge is the factory setting ofthe test voltage level reference The only precision components in this instrument are four standard resistors and a quartz crystal stabilized oscil lator There is no reactance standard For example C and D are calculated by the microprocessor from the set of voltage measurements the predetermined fre quency and the calibrated R and Q of the applicable standard resistor In these calculations the microprocessor automati cally removes from the measured result the param eters of the test connection stray capacitance and conductance and series resistance and inductance if simple open circuit and short circuit ZERO calibra tion measurements have been performed by the opera Theory tor The values obtained during ZERO calibration are stored in Digibridge memory and retained during power down and
247. se units and multipliers are fixed on anyone range The above mentioned exceptions are DQ IN PPM is always displayed without a decimal point in ppm Delta displays can resolve no less than 0 0001 1 e 1 ppm Hysteresis is provided to reduce flickering as explained below If the first digit of the measurement is 9 the decimal point for any measured value display is left un changed from its previous position provided that so doing places that 9 in either the first or second position in the display area Notice that a number like 00X X X has resolution almost as fine as a number like 10xxx For example if the measured value is 99 985 nF the display is a full 5 digits if the previous measured value display was 12 345 99 984 or 99 999 but the display is rounded off to 099 98 nF if the previous measured value display was 100 02 or 1234 5 nF Hysteresis is provided on both measured value dis plays RLC and QDR 40 Blanks in Measured Value Displays If a measure ment exceeds the capability of the display 99999 for RLC display 9999 for QDR the display is blank If a measurement is less than 1 right hand digit the display is all zeros If any leading zero before the decimal point must occupy a position in the display that zero is blanked out 3 3 5 D Q ANG in PPM The Digibridge can easily be programmed to display the secondary test result when it it either D Q or ANG in parts per millio
248. se values lie beyond the normal measurement range of the Digibridge you must combine ratio measurement paragraph 3 3 6 with limit comparisons and binning paragraph 3 8 You should first become familiar with both ratio measurement and binning procedures because the combined procedure as follows can be somewhat tricky Just as the display is a dimen sionless number in ratio measurement so the limit comparisons are made on dimensionless ratios in this combined procedure Plan ahead so that you have in mind what the ratio display will be like for any given measurement For entering bin limits each nominal ratio is the ratio display that would be expected if a corresponding nominal valued DUT were measured 67 1693 RLC Digibridge General Procedure 68 l Select units appropriate for the component you plan to measure and a range that uses the largest unit multiplier This is necessary even if the measured value of the DUT is very small Select ENTER function Enter the nominal ratio see above as the bin limit nominal value Ignore units and multiplier although those selected in step a will still be displayed the number entered will be used by the Digibridge as a ratio reference Enter as usual the desired set of tolerances for bin sorting If sequential limits are de sired also enter another nominal ratio limits for other bins etc If you plan to measure large value compo nents make no change
249. ses 5 bytes as follows If both QDR and BIN data are not needed the OTHER byte is omitted RLC mantissa OTHER lbyte 3 byte 4 byte 5 If RLC data are NOT needed the data format uses 5 bytes as follows If both RLC and BIN data are not needed the OTHER byte is omitted STATUS lbyte 1 IQDR e lbyte 2 Name Byte Number na CP UR Fee ee Fe eee um X ee m m um eee u mA UR IQDR mantissa lbyte 3 byte 4 d Ee EE MEME NE NE NN NN ES dm dao i e om lbyte 5 If only BIN data are needed the data format uses only 2 bytes as follows If RLC QDR and BIN data are all NOT needed no data output occurs STATUS lbyte 1 OTHER byte 2 Name Byte Number Uomo uu EFS See e mo mo e o e e ea m am um um SS Gm m e The RLC e byte except for bit 7 conveys the RLC exponent 2s complement The RLC mantissa bytes all 16 bits convey the RLC mantissa base 2 The QDR e byte except for bit 7 conveys the QDR exponent 2s complement The QDR mantissa bytes 3 1116 bits convey the O DR mantissa base 2 The binary exponent and mantissa define a binary floating point number as follows sipn 2 lemen mantissa Operation 97 1693 RLC Digibridge Name Byte Number Normal meas Overrange Underrange Invalid meas Range Range Range Range HB amp he Bin Number QDR QDR amp bin no RLC RLC amp bin no RLC QDR bin
250. sign of Q is the same as the sign of the reactive component of impedance Manual Selection To select the parameter to be measured manually 1 Press one of the 4 parameter keys R Q L Q C D C R Or SHIFT R X G B Z ANG Y ANG The LEDs above the display will indicate which parameter is selected 2 Use the EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key to select SERIES or PARALLEL See Table 3 4 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter belt Measured Rs Q Rp Q Resistance Ohms R Q Quality none Ls Q Lp Q Inductance Henries L Q Quality none Cs D Cp D Capacitance Farads C D og Dissipation none Cs Rs Cp Rp Capacitance Farads C R Resistance Ohms R X Rs Xs Resistance Ohms Reactance Ohms G B B Gp Bp Conductance Siemens Susceptance Siemens n Impedance Ohms 7 Admittance Siemens Equivalent circuits are discussed below in paragraph bs d Table 3 4 Selecting Measurement Parameter For an inductor select L Q for a capacitor either C D or C R for a resistor R Q There will be a immediate confirmation on the display panel where appropriate parameter and unit indicators will be lit However do not attempt to select the unit multiplier The Digibridge will automatically switch to the appropri ate multiplier from uF to pF for example unless RANGE is HELD when it makes a measurement The result will be displayed in terms of the parameters and equivalent circuit that you select even if the DUT
251. ssuming that c 0 The corrected value is more accurate and 1s calculated in the same way except for using the true value of c The value of e is determined individually for each Digibridge as part of its factory calibration If you want to find out what e is for your instrument do the following The value will be in the range 99 to 99 ppm Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key Then press SHIFT SPECIAL 0 Indication Frequency display is the nominal value to 5 digit resolution This display is shown when frequency is selected as described above or by in terrogation as follows select ENTER function and then press SHIFT FREQUENCY Operation 3 4 2 Test Voltage The power up test voltage is 1 0 volt rms unless the keyboard has been locked with some other choice There are a total of 255 choices 005 to 1 275 V in increments of 005 V To program the test voltage 1 Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key 2 Enter the desired voltage in volts and press SHIFTT VOLTAGE in sequence as follows For example to select 750 mV rms press J 7 5 SHIFT VOLTAGE The accuracy of the programmed source voltage 1s 5 2mV 1 0 001 where f value of test frequency in kHz The actual voltage across the DUT is never more than the source voltage and depends on the DUT imped ance and the source resistance of the Digibridge for the range in use The DUT voltage is close to the source v
252. t Acm into the following 2 components for treating Ls and Cs errors separately from Rs error Acmx 05 x DUT reactance of measured Ls or Cs Acmr 05 r Rs 96 of measured Rs If either of these 1s significant one can calculate and use it to correct each corresponding measured value However first make careful measurements with a known low impedance DUT to determine whether each correction should be positive or negative for your particular test fixture Capacitive Loading Error Term Ald 003 Krange f2 Csn 1000 pf 96of principal measured value 57 1693 RLC Digibridge where Krange is for range 1 1 for range 2 0625 for range 3 0040 for range 4 00024 Factor f is frequency in kilohertz Csn is total capacitance from the low IL and PL terminals to ground in cable and test fixture beyond the normal DUT interface see notes above and below NOTE If the 7000 05 tweezers or other extension having capacitance of about 200 to 300 pF is con nected directly to the 1693 Digibridge without any other cable the difference from normal DUT inter face is trivial and Ald error is negligible If Ald is significant one can calculate and use it to correct each measured C L or if the DUT 1s a resis tor R The effect on D or Q is negligible For C the Digibridge reads high use a negative correction ForL or R the Digibridge reads low use a positive correction
253. t high frequency The Capacitance that are Most Liable to Affect Accuracy Any test fixture extension cable adds a bit of capacitance in parallel with the DUT because shielding ofthe leads is imperfect and more between each terminal and ground The zeroing process Section 3 1 3 will compensate fully for the capaci tances between cables in any normal test setup However capacitance between ground and the low connections at the DUT C from ground to IL and C from ground to PL in parallel designated Csn can affect measurement accuracy of very high impedance DUTS at high frequencies Zeroing Be sure to repeat either the entire power up procedure or at least the open circuit and short circuit zeroing procedure after any change in test fixtures or their cable connections Calculating the Capacitance Loading Error The error due to this capacitance Csn is designated Ald ad ditional error due to loading The magnitude of Ald can be calculated so that you know how significant it is and so that measurements can be corrected if desired Refer to paragraph 3 6 7 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 2 7 000 05 Tweezers The 7000 05 tweezers combine the two functions They handle chip components up to 0 5 in 12 mm thick e Serve as a test fixture for measuring these com ponents if their terminals are on opposite faces The 7000 05 Chip Component Tweezers can handle small unleaded chips or SMDs surface mounted devi
254. t legacy command Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Equivalent key none CONFigure NOMinal Syntax CONFigure NOMinal lt numeric gt Description Set the nominal real value lt numeric gt in ohms henries or farads Parameter Value Description numeric Nominal real value Equivalent legacy command N lt numeric gt Equivalent key nominal value SHIFT NOMINAL CONFigure BLANking Syntax CONFigure BLANKing a numeric b numeric Description Set display digit blanking Eliminate a numeric digits from RLC and b numeric digits from QDR displays on Digibridge front 83 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter lt a numeric gt Value Description Number of digits to eliminate from RLC display b numeric Value Description Number of digits to eliminate from QDR display Equivalent legacy command O lt a numeric gt lt b numeric Equivalent key none CONFigure BIN NUM Syntax CONFigure BIN NUM lt numeric gt Description Set the limit entry bin number Parameter Value Description Bin range 0 to 15 Equivalent legacy command B lt numeric gt Equivalent key none CONFigure BIN HIGH Syntax CONFigure BIN HIGH numeric Description Set the limit entry bin high limit in 96 Parameter Value Description numeric Real value high limit in 96 Equivalent legacy command Hh Equi
255. t resets all selections to their power up de fault conditions 3 11 8 Legacy Digibridge IEEE 488 Commands The legacy IEEE 488 1 Digibridge commands are supported by the IEEE 488 interface board for com patibility with software and drivers written for the original Digibridge IEEE 488 1 interface boards e me m Ratio nominal value 2 byte D4 Ratio RLC value 2 byte D5 nominal value Bin on ratio nominal 2 byte value RLC value Bin on ratio RLC value 2 byte D7 nominal value oo st Rate Medium 2 byte S1 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Category Description Type Code Constant off 2 byte Yge Value in volts v Floating Vv point Measure 2byte Po Function 2 byte Turn On Conditions 2byte byte Reset 2 byte Triggered 2 byte Measurement Mode Triggered median value 2 byte value Capacitance C D ppm Capacitance C R ppm Resistance R Q ppm R Q C D or L Q mitem WANG ze 6 K5 Impedance Z ANG 2 byte K6 ppm Admittance Y ANG ppm Parallel Parameter 2 byte N Q Equivalent 2 byte Circuit 2 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte Autorange 2 byte Frequency Value in kHz f Floating Ff Frequency point Zero Calibration Enable open 2 byte Enable short 2 byte Normal not 2 byte compacted Output Format Compacted binary 2 byte x1 format Hold range Hold range 1 A
256. ted to meet accuracy specifications if it 1s displayed at all Recommended Procedure If this LC resonance failure display appears in the course of otherwise normal measurements the instrument is functioning normally Valid measurements can usually be made by taking one or more of the following steps 1 Select low source impedance by pressing SHIFT CONST VOLTAGE so that the CONSTANT VOLTAGE indicator lights up 2 Selectalow impedance range For example if measurement is normally in range 1 try holding range 2 or if range 1 has been held select autorange Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge G2 Reduce the measurement frequency 4 If cable and test fixture capacitance can be reduced do so 5 Ifthis resonance effect is not easily avoided consider that the DUT may be self resonant If so unqualified measurements of appar ent inductance are misleading Try a set of measurements of apparent inductance at sev eral frequencies sufficiently low or high to avoid the resonance failure display NOTE If RLC is negative with indicated units of mH or H the measured reactance is capaci tive although the RLC display is a number of millihenries or henries Operation 103 1693 RLC Digibridge Chapter 4 THEORY 4 1 Introduction 4 1 1 General This instrument uses an unusual method of measure ment which is quite different from those used in most previous impedance meters or bridges A thorough understanding o
257. tem software applies compensation Table 3 14 Typical Cable Related Accuracy Error Terms 3 6 8 Use of Signal Reversing Special Function for Tests at Power Frequencies The special signal reversing function is primarily for use whenever the test frequency is 60 or 120Hz if your power frequency is 60 Hz or whenever it is 50 or 100 Hz 1f your power frequency is 50 Hz However it is also useful whenever the test frequency is equal to or very close to the frequency of any con stant external signal that can be coupled to the low terminal s of the DUT IL and PL Ifthis disturbance is strong enough it can degrade the accuracy of normal measurements However if the disturbance is not so very strong that the Digibridge sensing circuits are overdriven then signal revers ing will typically restore specified accuracy This special function enables a test routine in which the phase ofthe test signal is periodically reversed and the Digibridge senses both phases additively However the constant phase disturbance component of the sensed signal is canceled by subtraction This capa bility is a special function To enable it press 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 To disable signal reversing for fastest measure ments press 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 Operation 3 6 9 Accuracy When Holding a Non Optimum Range The accuracy specifications are valid when the opti mum range is used for any given impedance value
258. test frequency in kHz e Settling time if measure mode is TRIGGERED and you have not programmed any DELAY is 7 to 12 ms l f In other words approximately 10 periods Data acquisition time is generally more than 9 periods 15 periods at SLOW Measure rate although the relationship 1s not linear Refer to the summary below and to theory Chapter 4 Notice that you can select a shorter DELAY and you can select the quick acquisition feature The latter saves more than one test frequency period with some reduction in accuracy NOTE Ifa special function is selected that simplifies or eliminates data output for PASS results the addi tional time described above is accordingly reduced or eliminated except for FAIL results Operation 3 5 11 Measurement Time Summary To summarize the relationships of measurement time to a representative set of the many possible test con ditions and operating select ions refer to Table 3 10 and Figure 3 29 FAST 1 f 7 ms OW 1 9o ms 10 ms MEDIUM F 9 f 160 ITF ms WITHOUT HI SPEED OPT SLOW 950 15 f ms ITF lt 1 ITF gt 11 m 1693 RLC Digibridge ANY TWO 5 ms ALL THREE 6 ms VALUE OR DELTA IF DISPLAY IS 3 TO 5 ma VALUE OR DELTA ANY ONE 1 ms ANY TWO 2 ms ALL THREE 3 ma Figure 3 29 Relationships of Measurement Time Measure Mode Continuous Display BIN Display VALUE
259. the following calculation for each measurements For an inductor Ls Lm Lo e For a capacitor Cs Cm 1 2 LoCm approx Cm 1 02 LoCm where Ls and Cs are the corrected series values Lm and Cm are the measured series values represents omega 2 pi times frequency and Lo is defined above Refer to the specification MIL 0 39010 peser Mie Figure 3 32 Recommended Wire Shapes for Zeroing 56 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Body of Table Inductance in nH For frequency 100 kHz For low frequency Wire Wire Length in Centimeters Wire Length in Centimeters Size 2 3 4 5 6 7 Deltal2 3 4 5 B 7 8 Delta 13 13 5 22 7 32 6 42 9 53 7 64 8 76 2 25 16 14 4 24 1 34 4 45 2 56 4 68 1 79 9 25 19 15 4 25 5 36 3 47 6 59 3 71 3 83 6 25 22 16 3 26 9 38 1 49 9 62 1 74 6 87 3 25 16 13 0 22 0 31 6 41 7 2 3 63 1 74 3 18 14 1 23 5 33 7 44 3 55 4 67 3 78 5 20 15 1 25 1 35 8 47 0 58 5 70 5 82 7 5 22 16 2 26 7 37 9 49 6 61 7 74 1 86 9 From the formula L 21 logn 21 rho 1 delta lnanohenries where I length cm rho radius cm logm natural logarithm delta skin effect correction tabulated Reference R E Terman Radio Engineers Handbook McGraw Hill Table 3 12 Inductance of Straight Round Wires 3 6 7 Cable Related Errors and How to Correct for them Test fixture extension can introduce measurement error so that specified accuracy may not be met In other words some of the series impedances
260. then program the Digibridge to use this delay See paragraph 3 5 3 Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 2 To enable the special shorting routine see paragraph 3 7 3 A Select ENTER function B Press 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 3 3 Observe correct polarity when inserting DUT into test fixture Bias POSITIVE polarity is at the LEFT low terminals of the remote test fixture 1689 9600 Bias NEGATIVE polarity is at the RIGHT 4 Use the external switches user supplied to remove bias from the test fixture recom mended when using external bias A Apply bias after the DUT is in place B Remove bias after measurement C Short the DUT before its removal However for occasional non production measurements if the capacitances being measured are less than 200 uF and the bias voltage less than 30 V an optional procedure is to leave the external bias circuitry on during measurements and to use the Digibridge EXTERNAL BIAS switch to apply bias to the DUT ON and to remove it and discharge the DUT OFF 5 For each DUT in the CONTINUOUS mea sure mode disregard the first displayed result and read the second Notice enough of the subsequent results to verify that the DUT has stabilized Use the stable result 6 In the TRIGGERED measure mode each measurement cycle includes the normal set tling time 7 to 12 ms for 1 kHz measure ments or a programmed delay Remeasure enough DUTs to be sure that they are sta bilized in t
261. this instrument Handling Electronic Devices that Might Get Damaged by Static Electricity Place instrument or system component to be serviced spare parts in conductive anti static envelopes or carriers hand tools etc on a work surface defined as follows The work surface typically a bench top 110 must be conductive and reliably connected to earth ground through a safety resistance of approximately 250 kilohms to 500 kilohms Also for personnel safety the surface must NOT be metal A resistivity of 30 to 300 kilohms per square is suggested Avoid placing tools or electrical parts on insulators such as books paper rubber pads plastic bags or trays Ground the frame of any line powered equipment test instruments lamps drills soldering iron s etc directly to earth ground Accordingly to avoid short ing out the safety resistance be sure that grounded equipment has rubber feet or other means of insulation from the work surface The instrument or system com ponent being serviced should be similarly insulated while grounded through the power cord ground wire but must be connected to the work surface before during and after any disassembly or other procedure in which the line cord is disconnected Exclude any hand tools and other items that can gen erate a static charge Examples of forbidden items are non conductive plunger type solder suckers and rolls of tape Ground yourself reliably through a
262. tion 1693 RLC Digibridge NOTE Under some conditions testing can consume so much time that the opera tor might wonder whether the Digibridge is really operating See below The longest single measurement cycle including programmable delay set to 99999 ms and the special function selection of median value is about 5 minutes The Digibridge will execute up to 255 full length cycles 1f you select maximum averaging for a total of about 22 hours from START to display of measured result 3 5 2 Measure Rate Selection at Keyboard Choose one of 3 basic measurement rates with the MEASURE RATE key SLOW MEDIUM or FAST The continuous mode rates are respectively about 1 4 and 8 measurements per second if the other test conditions and programmable selections are left at normal power up defaults The tradeoff 1s speed vs accuracy The Digibridge will make a more precise and accurate measurement at a slower rate For the above conditions in very simplified terms the basic accuracy is 0 0296 and the tradeoff is as follows SLOW rate 1 measurement per second 0 02 accuracy or better MEDIUM rate 4 measurements per second 0 05 accuracy or better FAST rate 8 measurements per second 0 12 accuracy or better For details on accuracy refer to the specifications In the accuracy formulas the effect of measure rate selection appears as the term Ks 45 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 5 3 Settling Tim
263. to 1 normal 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 If median of 3 meas taken 1 normal 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 9 eiae number of Digibridge internal irmware SHIFT SPECIAL 0 ppm offset of source frequency from nominal IEEE 488 address 2 digit when this option SHIFT SPECIALJ icometalitid The following interrogation will work only if you select MEASURE function SHIFT SPECIAL hold key down All special functions Expect 0 1 4 and 9 see above that are NOT set to 0 For example under default power up conditions the display is 7 where represents blank NOTE special function 7 is initially set to 1 see Table 2 12 If you set special functions 2 through 8 each to 1 this display will be 2315 678 If you set these special functions each to 0 this display will be KKK ce blank Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 3 10 Special Functions Most of the special functions are described in more detail in other parts of the manual Refer to Table 3 12 for a brief summary of the special functions and how to operate the SPECIAL key Programming of spe cial functions can be done only in ENTER function Purpose Specific Selection Keystrokes Re Para Autorange normal 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 3 5 6 Hold range 1 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 1 Setting the Range Hold range 2 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 Hold range 3 3 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 Hold range 4 4 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 No Output max meas speed 0 SH
264. tolerance specified by Table 5 1 21 Similarly check the inductor specified in check number 11 Check RLC Display QDR Display Number Parameter DUT Extremes Extremes 1 R Q 49 9 ohms 49 840 to 49 959 ohms 2 499 ohms 498 40 to 499 59 ohms 3 4 99 kilobms 4 9840 to 4 9959K ohms 4 49 9 kilohms 49 840 to 49 959K ohms hi 5 489 kilobms 498 40 to 4989 59K ohms 6 C D 0 0033 uF 3282 8 to 3317 2 pF 0000 to 0100 7 0 033 uF 32 828 to 33 172 nF 0000 to 0100 8 0 33 uF 328 28 to 331 72 nF 0000 to 0100 9 10 uF 9 498 to 10 502 uF 0000 to 0300 10 L D 1000 uH 9498 to 1 0502 mH Ll 100 mH 89 98 to 110 02 mH m o GNE MED GO e The right hand display QDR can be expected to change frequently accuracy of that display is not significant in these performance checks Table 5 2 Performance Verification 114 Service and Maintenance 5 4 3 Measurement Time Checkout This procedure verifies that the 1693 measurement rate is functioning properly All measurements are made with the default power up values of test fre quency and test voltage 1 KHz and 1 V The proce dure determines the time required per measurement for several operating conditions without and then with the high speed option board Make a note of each calculated result for final comparisons to verify the speed Equipment Required 1693 Digibridge without high speed option To remove it see paragraph 5 5 3 1689 9620 high speed measurement option board retrof
265. tor G 3 Refer to Table 5 11 After making the se quence of key strokes using the appropriate limit entry keys shown under Entry verify that the Digibridge numerical displays are like the numbers tabulated in the same row of the table under Displays Make all entries as tabulated 4 Select on the Digibridge e FUNCTION MEASURE e DISPLAY BIN No 5 Refer to Table 5 12 For each setting of the resistance standard verify that the DOR display is blank the bin RLC display is a single digit as tabulated and the GO NO GO lights work as tabulated 138 Service and Maintenance Le SHIFT NOM VALUE i PERITI BIN No SHIFT BIN SHIFT BIN is SHIFT BIN ERARA REET fi EE 353 E A SHIFT BIN 95 SHIFT BIN SHIFT BIN T 333 EE n SFEFEFEFEEFI e Ra emm RR ay a a a F 3 No No 66 SHIFT BIN No 92 SHIFT BIN No Table 5 11 Entry of limits Resistance Standard Set To 5000 5057 5107 5157 5207 5257 5307 5357 5407 5457 5507 5557 5607 5657 0000 5000 OQODODDD DODDODDOmODO2 Table 5 12 Bin assignment check Service and Maintenance 59 t 0 8 3328888888888888 RLC Display blank 0000 blank 0500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 5 GO GO NO GO Bin Display DO Display blank blank 1000 Da 0 0 M uu uw
266. tor unlit To Hold the Range of a Sample DUT One way to get into the desired range is to measure a DUT known to be in that range thus 1 Measure the DUT as usual 2 Verify that the desired range is confirmed by the measurement display 3 Press SHIFT HOLDRANGE to light the RANGE HELD indicator To return to the normal autoranging feature press the same two keys again making the RANGE HELD indicator unlit Operation To Hold the Range selected by Use of a Parameter Key Another way to get into the desired range is to use a parameter key thus l Select ENTER function with the FUNCTION key 2 Press the appropriate parameter key such as Cs D repeatedly watching the units indicators The range advances with each repetition enabling you to determine the present range by the pattern of changes Notice that there is not always a change of unit multiplier with each range change Refer to Table 3 6 on page 40 3 Press SHIFT HOLD RANGE to light the RANGE HELD indicator To return to the normal autoranging feature press the same two keys again making the RANGE HELD indicator unlit To Hold Range by Number If you know the desired range number see Table 3 7 on page 43 use the special function key as follows Select ENTER with the FUNCTION key For range 1 press I 2 SHIFT SPECTAL 1 For range 2 press 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 For range 3 press 3 SHIFT SPECIAL 1 For rang
267. tors from 1 kHz to 20 kHz for range I and from 1 kHz to 100 kHz for ranges 2 3 and 4 A Select FUNCTION ENTER DISPLAY VALUE MEASURE RATE SLOW MEASURE MODE CONTINUOUS B Select the frequency of 1 kHz by pressing 1 SHIFT FREQUENCY C Select the range to be calibrated by press ing x SHIFT SPECIAL 1 where x 1 2 3 or 4 D Select FUNCTION MEASURE E Insert the calibration resistor for the range to be calibrated Range 1 95 kQ Range 2 1 6 KQ Range 3 374 Q Range 4 25 Q Note For range I only the 95 kQ standard may only give 4 digits of resolution To get 5 digits perform the following Select FUNCTION ENTER Enter a nominal value by pressing 9 5 SHIFT NOM VAL Select FUNCTION MEASURE DISPLAY DELTA DISPLAY VALUE F Record the average value standard resistor as indicated on the Digibridge display For example for range the reading might be 95 286 KQ G Select FUNCTION ENTER H Enter as anominal value the reading noted above For example range 1 Press 2 0 SHIFT FREQUENCY Service and Maintenance I Determine the delta reading as follows Select FUNCTION MEASURE DISPLAY DELTA J Note the average reading For example range may be 8849 K Calculate the new K factor as shown in Figure 5 14 5 Store the new correction factor for each range A Select FUNCTION ENTER B Select
268. ture provides convenient reliable guarded 4 terminal connection to any common radial lead or axial lead component part using adaptors 1657 5995 an axial lead component part The slots in the test fixture accommodate wires with diameters from 0 25 mm 01 in AWG 30 to 1 mm 04 in AWG 18 spaced from 4 to 98 mm apart 0 16 to 3 9 in or equivalent strip conductors Each radial wire must be at least 4 mm long 0 16 in The divider between the test slots contains a shield at guard potential with its edges semi exposed The tapped holes 6 32 thread at the left and right ends of the test fixture are also grounded to connect the shields of extender cables Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge 1H e M P A WARNING SHOCK H HIGH VOLTAGE MAY APPEAR ON TERMINALS e Formerly manufactured by Gen Rad IET 1689 9600 DIGIBRIDGE REMOTE TEST FIXTURE Figure 3 8 1689 9600 Remote Test Fixture 3 2 3 Using the Test Fixture Adaptors for Axial Lead DUT If the DUT is an axial lead component or has leads at opposite ends insert the leads into the test fixture adaptor s slots as shown in Figure 3 9 Install the test fixture adaptors as shown below put one in each slot of the test fixture by pushing vertically downward Slide the adaptors together or apart so the body of the DUT will fit easily between them rd aes WARNING SHOCK HAZAR VAN SE MAY APPEAR ON LEADS ALS m Formerly manutacturea py Ge nRad
269. u set into S2 Data Output Data results of measurements are provided on the D101 D107 lines as serial strings of characters Each character is a byte coded ac cording to the 7 bit ASCII code as explained above The alphanumeric characters used are appropriate to the data for convenience in reading printouts The character strings are always provided in the same sequence as that tabulated in paragraph 3 11 13 for example RLC value QDR value bin number if all 3 were selected by the X7 command The carriage return and line feed characters at the end of each string provide a printer for example with the basic commands to print each string on a separate line For example if the measurement was 0 54321 uF 1 kHz range 4 held the character string for RLC value is U space C space uF 2 spaces 0 54321 CR LF If the D measurement was 001 the character string for QDR value is 2 spaces D 5 spaces 00 0010 CR LF Ifthe measurement falls into bin 9 the character string for bin number is F space BIN 2 spaces 9 CR LF The character string for RLC value has the length of 17 characters for QDR value 17 characters for bin number 10 characters including spaces carriage return and line feed characters Refer to the format tables in Section 3 11 12 for details 12 2 8 Environment The Digibridge can be operated in nearly any environ ment that is comfortable for the operator Keep the instrument and all
270. uency dependent Usually several measurements at frequencies near the desired evaluation will reveal that either series measurements are less frequency de pendent than parallel or the converse The equivalent circuit that is less frequency dependent is the better model of the actual device We first give general rules for selection of measure ment parameters then some of the theory Making the Selection The power up selection is series confirmed by the SERIES indicator being lit on the keyboard To change the selection press the EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT key Specifications The manufacturer or principal user of the DUT probably specifies how to measure it Usually series is specified Refer also to the ap plicable MIL or EIA specifications Select parallel or series and the test frequency according to the applicable specifications If there are none known be sure to specify with your results whether they are parallel or series and what the measurement frequency was 34 3 3 2 1 Suggested Test Conditions Capacitors less than 10 pF Parallel 10 KHz Capacitors from 10 to 400 pF Series or Parallel 10 kHz e Capacitors from 400 pF to 1 uF Series 1 kHz e Capacitors greater than 1 uF Series 0 1 or 0 12 kHz Unless otherwise specified or for special reasons always select series for capacitors and inductors This has traditionally been standard practice Fo
271. uivalent key none Operation MEASure Syntax MEA Sure Description Start a measurement upon read like pressing the start switch Equivalent legacy command GO Equivalent key START key CLS Syntax CLS Description Clears the following Error Queue e Status Byte Register e Standard Event Status Register Operation Status Event Register Questionable Status Event Register No Query Resets to Turn On Conditions legacy P2 command Equivalent legacy command p2 Equivalent key none ESE Syntax ESE numeric ESE Description Sets the value of the Standard Event Status Enable Register to specified numeric value ESE reads the current value of the Standard Event Status Enable Register without clearing the register value Operation 1693 RLC Digibridge Parameter Value Description Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none ESR Syntax ESR Description Reads out the value of the Standard Event Status Register Executing this command clears the Standard Event Status Register value Equivalent legacy command none Equivalent key none IDN Syntax DN Description Reads out the Digibridge instrument informa tion manufacturer model number serial number FPGA version number firmware version number of the Digibridge Example IET Labs 1693M 20110228 1 0 1 0 Equivalent legacy command none Equ
272. ult situation no averaging Displays of averaged measurements depend on the measure mode If the measure mode is TRIGGERED the display is repeatedly updated to be the running average until the programmed number of measurements have been made then the final average remains displayed until the next START command If the measure mode is CONTINUOUS averaging proceeds without any change of display until the pro grammed number of measurements have been made then the final average is displayed and remains until replaced by another final average RANGES 2 3 4 SOLID LINES RANGE 1 DASHED FREQUENCY KHz Figure 3 31 Approximate RLC Accuracy vs Test Frequency 54 Operation 3 6 4 Selection of Median Value for Better Accuracy The Digibridge can be programmed to make mea surements in one or more groups of three and take for results the median value in each group If you also select averaging of 5 for example the median values of 5 groups will be averaged Examples of uses for the median value capability are given below If the median value capability is enabled the Digibridge makes three measurements discards the highest and lowest results and uses the median result for further calculations if any such as averaging This capability is a special function To enable it press the following keys 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 To disable median value press 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 8 An exampl
273. valent key none 84 CONFigure BIN LOW Syntax CONFigure BIN LOW numeric Description Set the limit entry bin low limit in 96 Parameter Value X Description numeric Real value low limit in 96 Equivalent legacy command L lt numeric gt Equivalent key none CONFigure BINSummary Syntax CONFigure BINSummary DISable ENABle RESet Description Enables or disables bin summary output Parameter Value Description DiSable Disable output ENABle Enable output RESet Reset bin summary to 0 Equivalent legacy command EO El E2 Equivalent key none CONFigure OUTPut Syntax CONFigure OUTPut NONe BIN QDR QBIN RL CI RBINIRODR RQBin RQBFaillRQBPass Description Selects the data that 1s output Operation Parameter Value Description NONe No data output QDR OR Equivalent legacy command X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 Equivalent key none CONFigure DATaformat Syntax CONFigure DATaformat ASCii BINary Description Selects the GPIB RS 232 output data transfer format Parameter Value BDescription Set output format to normal ASCII text BlNary Set output format to compacted binary Equivalent legacy command x0 xl Equivalent key none SYSTem KEYPad Syntax SYSTem KEY Pad ENABle DISable Description Enables or disables the front panel keypad Operati
274. value A Calculate 001 ohm 1 001 B Press 0 0 1 SHIFT NOM VAL 6 Enable the ratio mode measurement nomi nal by pressing 2 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 7 Select MEASURE function and make mea surements as usual If you enable VALUE display the ratio shown can be interpreted as value in mF and the measured D is also displayed If you enable BIN NO display the bin number only will be shown 3 9 Keyboard Lock Function Map and Summary of Integrations 3 9 1 Keyboard Lock Locking the keyboard provides security against un intentional or unauthorized change in the keyboard selectable test conditions as well as preserving them during the time that POWER 1s switched OFF You must select MEASURE func tion to enable t ere 4 selections Ra WO CD CR EN X ary 1693 RLC Digibridge Indications of the unlocked or locked state are as follows Unlocked several keyboard indicators lit Locked NO keyboard indicators lit except possibly MEASURE BIAS ON and or REMOTE CONTROL To lock the keyboard first select MEASURE func tion Then press the following keys deliberately 1 6 9 3 LOCK The command sequence is the same to lock and to unlock NOTE If the REMOTE CONTROL indicator is lit the keyboard may have been deactivated by remote command in which case the way to deactivate it is by remote command Refer to paragraph 3 11 3 9 2 Function Map Figure 3 35 shows graphi
275. ve Service and Maintenance 1693 RLC Digibridge 5 5 1 Relocation of bnc Connector Bracket The bnc connectors that interface via cables with the DUT test fixture can be located at the lower part of either front or rear panel The four bnc connectors remain mounted on their bracket and cabled to the main board during relocation from front to rear or vice versa To relocate this bracket from front to rear 1 Loosen generously but do NOT remove the two right side screws that fasten the front panel assembly into the chassis Stand the instrument on its right side Remove the two left side screws that are opposite to the ones just loosened Now the front panel assembly can be tipped away from the instrument an inch or two as required in the next step Note the display and keyboard cables remain connected 2 Remove the blank bracket 2 screws from the rear bnc connector position 3 Remove the two screws that fasten the bnc connector bracket to the main chassis below the front panel 4 Holding the front panel assembly tipped away from the instrument slightly snake the bnc connector bracket between the main board and the nearby part of the chassis until free from its front position Return the front panel assembly to its normal position and secure it with its two screws f necessary loosen but DO NOT REMOVE the screws holding the mother board 5 Snake the bnc connector bracket carefully into the rear position
276. with cables connected as above with exception of plugging Red White PH lead into Black White PL lead Set the 1417 to a capacitance value of 1F and frequency of 1kHz and then perform short on the Digibridge Return Red White PH lead to H Potential connection on 1417 when short is complete Note It can be beneficial to twist potential leads together and twist the current leads together to minimize coupling H VOLTMETER L TEST FREQUENCY 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz e zZ oO Figure 3 25 Connecting to a 1417 30 Operation 3 2 15 Connection to the 1433 Decade Resistor Note The procedure for connecting the HARS X High Accuracy Resistance Substituter is exactly the same Connection to the 1433 or HARS Decade Resistors can be accomplished using the 1657 9600 Extender cables or 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads The connection via the 7000 04 cable is shown in Figure 3 26 When using 7000 04 Alligator Clip Leads the alligator clips should be removed The simplest connection is a two terminal measurement on the 1433 HARS with ground strap connected be tween LOW and GND But to minimize the noise from the resistor decade a three terminal connection might be preferable The three terminal connection may be implemented by removing the ground strap and attaching a separate lead between GND and Digibridge chassis ground 1693 RLC Digibridge The connection via the 1657 9600 Extender Cable is shown in Figure 3 27 It i
277. y 0 14 right blank measurement signal overload Left display 22222 right 1111 convertor detector malfunction Left display 22222 right 2222 detector malfunction convertor The preceding three lines are explained in paragraph 3 13 Indicators on the keyboard provide important information NOT summarized here 70 The following interrogations will work only if you select ENTER function stored nominal value appears displayed SHIFT NOM VAL at left limits for bin 1 both displayed left and SHIFT BIN NO 0 1 righty SHIFT BIN NO 1 2 limit s for bin 12 both displayed SHIFT BIN SUM 0 3 count in bin left bin number right SHIFT FREQUENCY test frequency kHz displayed a t left SHIFT CONST I short circuit current if selected SHIFT VOLTAGE test voltage that is applied behind source resistance number of measurements or medians averaged per result SHIFT AVERAGE The following special functions are explained more fully in paragraph 3 10 Each response display 1s detailed code at left and special function number at right present range number SHIFT SPECIAL 4 Milliseconds of delay after start before data is acquired SHIFT SPECIAL 5 Integration time factor normal 1 SHIFT SPECIAL 6 Displays meas nom 2 nom meas 1 normal 0 SHIFT SPECIAL 7 Parameter selection au

Manual - IET Labs, Inc.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents